Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
2017 R2
Advance Design
Validation Guide
Version: 2017 R2
Tests passed on: 29 August 2016
Number of tests: 610
INTRODUCTION
Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Operating Officer
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Table of Contents
9 MESH ..................................................................................................................................... 15
9.1 Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519) ...................................................16
9.3 Creating triangular mesh for planar elements (TTAD #11727) .....................................................................16
9.4 Verifying the mesh of a planar element influenced by peak smoothing. .......................................................16
9.5 Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh (TTAD #15251)..........16
10.2 Reports - Global envelope for efforts in linear elements with Min/Max Values and coresponding absicsa
position ...................................................................................................................................................................18
10.3 Verifying the steel shape sheet display (TTAD #12657) ..............................................................................18
10.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD #11838) ...18
10.6 Verifying the shape sheet strings display (TTAD #12622) ...........................................................................19
10.7 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512) ..................................................................19
10.9 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455) ........................................................................19
10.10 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .....................................................................................................................................................19
10.11 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .....................................................................................................................................................20
10.12 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230) ........................................................................................................................................20
10.13 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .......................................................................................................................................................20
10.14 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .......................................................................................................................................................20
10.15 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230) ......................................................................................................................................................21
10.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230) ............................................................................................................................................ 21
10.17 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .......................................................................................................................................................21
10.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD #12230) ......21
10.19 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD
#12230) ..................................................................................................................................................................22
10.20 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, TTAD #12261) ..........................................................................................................................................22
10.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element) (TTAD
#12230) ..................................................................................................................................................................22
7
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super element)
(TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261) .............................................................................................................................. 22
10.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230) ...................................................................................................................................................... 23
10.24 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231) ........................................................ 23
10.25 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level ........................................................... 23
10.26 Generating the critical magnification factors report (TTAD #11379) ......................................................... 23
10.27 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557) ................... 23
10.29 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, #12261) .................................................................................................................................................... 24
10.30 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230) ...................................................................................................................................................... 24
10.31 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)...................................................................................................................................................... 24
10.32 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230) ....................................................................................................................................................... 25
10.33 Creating the steel materials description report (TTAD #11954) ................................................................ 25
11.2 EC8 / CSN EN 1998-1 - Czech Republic: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element
(DEV2012 #3.18).................................................................................................................................................... 28
11.3 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517) .............................. 28
11.4 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1/NA - Romania: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #12472) ......... 28
11.5 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure ...... 29
11.7 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and
planar supports (TTAD #14840) ............................................................................................................................. 29
11.8 RPA99/2003 - Algeria: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.5) ............... 29
11.9 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action ....................................................................................................................................... 29
11.10 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined
section cuts (TTAD #14460) ................................................................................................................................... 30
11.11 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with
renewed building option (TTAD #14161) ................................................................................................................ 30
11.12 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints
(TTAD #12706) ..................................................................................................................................... 30
11.13 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4 mesh
type (TTAD #14244) ............................................................................................................................................... 30
11.14 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope
spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2) ...................................................................................................................................... 31
11.15 PS92/2010 - France: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum
(DEV2013 #8.2)...................................................................................................................................................... 31
8
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.16 PS92 - France: Verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974).....................................31
11.17 EC8 / NF EN 1993-1-8/NA - France: Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts in
supports (TTAD #13011). .......................................................................................................................................31
11.18 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used (TTAD
#13778) ..................................................................................................................................................................32
11.19 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar elements
(TTAD #13797) .......................................................................................................................................................32
11.20 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum
(DEV2013 #8.2) ......................................................................................................................................................32
11.21 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.6) ...............32
11.22 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an
envelope spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2) .......................................................................................................................33
11.23 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on walls with Seismic Loads (TTAD #16522) .............33
11.24 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down
(TTAD #15095) .......................................................................................................................................................33
12.2 EC3 / CSN EN 1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Compressed and bended profile ............................................36
12.3 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Compressive Force Resistance and Buckling Length (LRFD) 36
12.4 AISC 360-10 - United States of America: Verifying buckling lengths and lateral torsional buckling lengths
values after imposing them before starting the steel verification (TFSAD #14487) ................................................36
12.5 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - Germany: Lateral-torsional buckling for a two field column with HEA 200 .................37
12.6 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Verifying the buckling resistance of a rectangular hollow section
column (R50*100/1) ................................................................................................................................................37
12.7 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Stability check for an IPE300 single span beam, simply supported ....37
12.8 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-6 - France: Buckling resistance of a class 4 circular hollow section ..........................37
12.9 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Verifying the compression checks for an I section column .............37
12.10 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example H.1 W-shape subject to combined compression and
bending (LRFD) ......................................................................................................................................................38
12.11 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for laminated RHS beams ..................38
12.12 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for welded RHS beams .......................38
12.13 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fy shear checks for an I section column.......................................38
12.14 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: k stability values for an I section column.......................................38
12.15 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Oblique bending checks for an I section column ..........................39
12.16 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fz shear checks for an I section column.......................................39
12.17 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: XLT stability value for an I section column....................................39
12.18 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Work Ratio stability value for an I section column ........................39
12.19 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: X stability values for an I section column ......................................39
12.20 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: C1, C2 & Mcr stability values for an I section column ...................40
12.21 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification, shear and bending moment verification
of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 3) .....................................................................41
9
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.22 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression resistance for an
IPE600 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7) ............................................................................. 49
12.23 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H column
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 21) .................................................................................................... 55
12.24 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 22) ...................................................................................................................... 60
12.25 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow
section beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12) .............................................................................. 66
12.26 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column
subjected to bending and shear efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13) ....................................... 69
12.27 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 20) ...................................................................................................................... 76
12.28 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Cross section classification and compression resistance verification
of a rectangular hollow section column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 11) ....................................... 84
12.29 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and
with a displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 25) ..................... 89
12.30 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on the
bottom (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 26)....................................................................................... 121
12.31 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply supported
with a displacement restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 27) .................................................... 144
12.32 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 19) ......................................................................................................................... 168
12.33 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending
moment, buckling, lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression (evaluated by SOCOTEC France
- ref. Test 23) ........................................................................................................................................................ 175
12.34 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the
bottom and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24)...................................... 211
12.35 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged on base
and restrained on top for the X, Y translation and Z rotation (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 29) .... 235
12.36 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending
and axial efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15) ........................................................................ 275
12.37 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded
built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 44) ....... 282
12.38 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression verification of an
IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1) ........................................................................... 288
12.39 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and shear verification of an IPE300
beam subjected to linear uniform loading (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 2) ................................... 294
12.40 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined axial force with bending
moment verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5) .................................. 301
12.41 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending
verification of an IPE300 beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6) ................................................... 307
12.42 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow section
column made of S235 steel (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14) ...................................................... 314
12.43 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made
from different steel materials (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45) .................................................... 320
12.44 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and bending moment verification of an
IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4) ........................................................................... 324
12.45 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column subjected
to bending and axial load (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8) ............................................................ 330
10
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.46 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance of a
welded built-up column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9) ...............................................................336
12.47 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a welded
built-up beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10) ............................................................................343
12.48 NTC 2008 - Italy: Stability check for steel column hinged base ...............................................................349
12.50 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-2 - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a purlin for a 15min duration ........357
12.51 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on base
and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28) ..................................................360
12.52 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam
subjected to biaxial bending (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16) ......................................................391
12.54 NTC 2008 - Italy: Deflection check on simply supported beam ...............................................................404
12.55 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Deflection and Strength for a W-Shape Continuously Braced
Flexural Member in Strong-Axis Bending (LRFD) .................................................................................................406
12.56 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr on a beam with intermediate restraints .. 409
12.57 EC3 / CSN EN1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Bended beam without stability failure ..................................413
12.58 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example G.1 W-shape in strong axis shear (LRFD) ...........418
12.59 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P374 Hollow Sections
Example 3) ...........................................................................................................................................................421
12.60 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Pin-ended column (from P374 Hollow Sections Example 2).......426
12.61 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Laterally unrestrained beam (from P374 Hollow Sections Example 4) ...430
12.62 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam ..........................................433
12.64 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical bending moment on a IPE200 beam with
complex loading .................................................................................................................................. 444
12.65 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr of a beam with intermediate restraints
subject to upwards loading ...................................................................................................................................444
12.67 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open Sections
Example 2) ...........................................................................................................................................................454
12.68 NTC 2008 - Italy: Strenght verification of a steel linear hollow section ....................................................456
12.69 NTC 2008 - Italy: Lateral torsional buckling verification of a steel column ...............................................462
12.70 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA France: Verifying the stability of an asymmetric I-shape subjected to axial
force and bending moment ...................................................................................................................................491
12.71 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial
compression and bending moment, both applied on top (ref. Test 31) .................................................................505
12.72 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with centric
compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 32) ..................................................................505
12.73 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam, loaded with
centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 36) ............505
12.74 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the free end (ref. Test 35) .....................505
12.75 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with centric
compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 30) .................................................................506
11
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.76 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam
subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 17) ........................................................................................................... 506
12.77 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 39) ....... 506
12.78 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 34) ............................. 506
12.79 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped
welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (ref. Test 42) ........................................ 507
12.80 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped
laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 43) .................................................. 507
12.81 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with centric
compression, punctual horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the top (ref. Test 38) ........... 507
12.82 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam, loaded with
centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 40) .... 507
12.83 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z axis (ref. Test 33) .............. 508
12.84 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with centric
compression, punctual lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the column (ref. Test 37)....... 508
12.85 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section element
subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 18) ........................................................................................................... 508
12.86 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped
laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 41) .................................................. 508
12.87 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Changing the steel design template for a linear element
(TTAD #12491) ................................................................................................................................................... 509
12.88 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533) ......................... 509
12.89 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized calculation
(TTAD #12389) .................................................................................................................................................... 509
12.90 Generating the shape sheet by system (TTAD #11471) ......................................................................... 509
12.91 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522) ............................. 509
12.92 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the cross section optimization of a steel element
(TTAD #11516).................................................................................................................................................... 510
12.93 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal beam
(TTAD #11545).................................................................................................................................................... 510
12.94 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550) .............................................................. 510
12.95 Verifying shape sheet on S275 beam (TTAD #11731) ............................................................................ 510
12.96 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770) ..................... 511
12.97 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623) ............................................................ 511
12.98 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA: Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance
Steel Profiles database (TTAD #11873) ............................................................................................................... 511
12.99 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the roA
roB method ................................................................................................................................................ 511
12.100 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - General: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA
kB method ........................................................................................................................................................... 512
12.101 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA
kB method ........................................................................................................................................................... 512
12.102 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section ........... 512
12
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.103 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Fire verification: verifying the work ratios after performing an
optimization for steel profiles (TTAD #11975) .......................................................................................................512
12.104 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550) ..................513
13.2 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD #12445) ...516
13.3 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337) ..................516
13.4 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam .........................516
13.5 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression .........................................................................................................................................................517
13.6 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending ..........................522
13.7 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces ...........................526
13.8 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to fire for 60
minutes .................................................................................................................................................................529
13.9 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple bending... 532
13.10 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces ...............537
13.11 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial
tension 541
13.12 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to
combined bending and axial compression ............................................................................................................547
13.13 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force ........................552
13.14 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber column subjected to shear stress and torsion ............556
13.16 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber beam subjected to simple bending .............................556
13.17 EC5 / SR EN 1995-1-1 - Romania: Verifying compression strength for C14 circular column with
fixed base ............................................................................................................................................................556
13.18 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending .........................557
13
9 Mesh
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
9.1 Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519)
9.1.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh for a model with generalized buckling.
9.2.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh nodes of a concrete structure.
The structure consists of concrete linear elements (R20*20 cross section) and rigid supports; the loads applied on the
structure: dead loads, live loads, wind loads and snow loads, according to Eurocodes.
9.3.1 Description
Creates a triangular mesh on a planar element with rigid supports and self weight.
9.4.1 Description
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element supported by three concrete columns (2 x R20/30, 1 x D40)
and one steel column (IPE400). Self-weight of elements is taken into account and 2 live loads of -20KN/m2,
respectively -100 KN/m2, are applied on the planar element.
9.5 Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh (TTAD
#15251)
9.5.1 Description
Verifies the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.
16
10 Reports Generator
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.1.1Description
Generates a report with modal results for a model with seismic actions.
10.2 Reports - Global envelope for efforts in linear elements with Min/Max Values and coresponding
absicsa position
10.2.1Description
The purpose of this test is to check the content of a report which returns a global envelope for efforts on linear
elements, with the Max/Min Valus.
The model consisits in a concrete simple frame, 3 LoadCases and several combinations.
The report returns the Max and Min values of the efforts, per linear element, and the position/abiscisa of these
Max/Min values.
10.3.1Description
Verifies the steel shape sheet display when the fire calculation is disabled.
10.4.1Description
Generates and verifies the modal analysis report.
10.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD
#11838)
10.5.1Description
Verifies the EC2 calculation assumptions report.
18
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.6.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet strings display for a steel beam with circular hollow cross-section.
10.7 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512)
10.7.1Description
Verifies the Max row on the user table report.
10.8.1Description
Generates and verifies the shape sheet report.
10.9 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455)
10.9.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam.
10.10 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.10.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
19
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.11 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.11.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on start and end
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.12 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
10.12.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.13 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.13.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.14 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
10.14.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
20
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.15 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.15.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.16.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on each
1/4 of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.17 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.17.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230)
10.18.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on each 1/4 of
mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
21
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.19 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.19.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on all quarters of
super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.20 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element)
(TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
10.20.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the end point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.21.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the start point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
10.22.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
22
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.23.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on end points
and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.24 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231)
10.24.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates a user report containing the results of Min/Max values.
10.25 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level
10.25.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Characteristic values of eigen modes" report.
The one-level structure consists of linear and planar concrete elements with rigid supports. A modal analysis is
defined.
10.26.1Description
Performs the generalised buckling calculation for a steel structure hall, and generates a critical magnification factors
report.
10.27 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557)
10.27.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the systems description report for a structure which has
column releases that interfere with the supports restraints.
The structure consists of steel beams and steel columns (S235 material, HEA550 cross section) with rigid fixed
supports.
23
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.28.1Description
Generates the "Model geometry" report to verify the model properties: total weight, largest structure dimensions,
center of gravity.
10.29 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, #12261)
10.29.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.30 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.30.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.31 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.31.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
24
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
10.32 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.32.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on each 1/4
of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.33.1Description
Generates the "Steel materials" report as a .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection.
10.34.1Description
Generates the "Rules description" report as .rtf and .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection. Two rules were defined for the
steel calculation.
25
11 Seismic analysis
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.1 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478)
11.1.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight and
seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 French standards.
11.2 EC8 / CSN EN 1998-1 - Czech Republic: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element
(DEV2012 #3.18)
11.2.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of an inclined linear element according to Eurocodes 8 Czech standard. Performs
the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element
reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (CSN EN 1998-1).
11.3 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517)
11.3.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a concrete structure. Generates the "Signed concomitant linear elements
envelopes on Fx report".
The structure has concrete beams and columns, two concrete walls and a windwall. Loads applied on the structure:
self weight and a planar live load of -40.00 kN.
11.4 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1/NA - Romania: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD
#12472)
11.4.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight and
seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 Romanian standards (SR EN 1998-1/NA).
28
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.5 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete
structure
11.5.1Description
Verifies torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure. EC8 with French Annex is used.
11.6.1Description
Verifies the torsors on walls. Eurocode 8 with French Annex is used.
11.7 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying action results and torsors per modes on point,
linear and planar supports (TTAD #14840)
11.7.1Description
Verifies action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and planar supports of a simple concrete structure. The
seismic action is generated according to Eurocode 8 norm (Romanian annex).
11.8 RPA99/2003 - Algeria: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.5)
11.8.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Algerian seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPA 99/2003).
11.9 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to
horizontal forces and seismic action
11.9.1Description
Verifies torsors on a 6 storey single concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal forces and seismic action. The
calculation spectrum is generated considering Eurocode 8 General Annex rules. The walls describing the core are
grouped at each level.
29
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.10 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-
defined section cuts (TTAD #14460)
11.10.1Description
Verifies torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section cuts for a concrete structure which is
subjected to seismic action defined according Eurocode 8 norm (French annex).
11.11 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for
spectrum with renewed building option (TTAD #14161)
11.11.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building option, according to
Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements
by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.12 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints
(TTAD #12706)
11.12.1Description
Verifies the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints for a simple structure subjected to seismic action
according to EC8 French annex.
11.13 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4
mesh type (TTAD #14244)
11.13.1Description
Generates seismic results on planar element meshed with T3-Q4 mesh type and only Q4 mesh type.
30
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.14 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an
envelope spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.14.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.15 PS92/2010 - France: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope
spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.15.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to French PS92/2010 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.16 PS92 - France: Verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974)
11.16.1Description
Verifies efforts and torsors on several planar elements of a concrete structure subjected to horizontal seismic action
(according to PS92 norm).
11.17 EC8 / NF EN 1993-1-8/NA - France: Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts
in supports (TTAD #13011).
11.17.1Description
Verifies the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports. The model has 2 seismic cases. Only one case
uses the damping correction. The seismic spectrum is generated according to the Eurocodes 8 - French standard
(NF EN 1993-1-8/NA).
31
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.18 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used
(TTAD #13778)
11.18.1Description
Verifies the seismic results according to EC8 French Annex for a single bay single story structure made of concrete.
11.19 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar
elements (TTAD #13797)
11.19.1Description
Generates reports with forces results per modes on a selection of elements (linear and planar elements) from a
concrete structure subjected to seismic action (EC8 French Annex).
11.20 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope
spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.20.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum (RPS 2011).
11.21 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.6)
11.21.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPS 2011).
32
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
11.22 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an
envelope spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.22.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Romanian EC8 appendix. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.23 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on walls with Seismic Loads (TTAD #16522)
11.23.1Description
Concrete walls subjected to EQ loads with different q factors on the 2 directions X, Y;
Verification is made according to EC8 - FR NA.
11.24 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis
down (TTAD #15095)
11.24.1Description
Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down, according to the Eurocodes EC8 standard.
33
12 Steel design
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.1 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - Romania: Verifying lateral-torsional buckling resistance of an I rolled beam
laterally restrained at mid-span
12.1.1Description
Verifies lateral torsional-buckling resistance of a simply supported I rolled beam (HEA 400) made of S355 steel. The
beam, laterally restrained on supports and at its middle span, is subjected to bending efforts about its strong axis.
The verification is made according to Romanian Annex of EN 1993-1-1.
12.2 EC3 / CSN EN 1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Compressed and bended profile
12.2.1Description
Class section classification and combined axial force with bending moment verification of an IPE300 column
12.3 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Compressive Force Resistance and Buckling
Length (LRFD)
12.3.1Description
Member AISC W14x132 ASTM A992 (Fy = 50 ksi) W-shape column to carry an axial dead load of 140 kips and live
load of 420 kips. The column is 30 ft long and is pinned top and
bottom in both axes. (LRFD)
12.4 AISC 360-10 - United States of America: Verifying buckling lengths and lateral torsional
buckling lengths values after imposing them before starting the steel verification (TFSAD
#14487)
12.4.1Description
Verifies buckling lengths and lateral torsional buckling lengths values on a W18x60 column made of ASTM A992
steel. Buckling lengths and lateral torsional buckling lengths values were manually imposed before starting AISC
steel verification.
36
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.5 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - Germany: Lateral-torsional buckling for a two field column with HEA 200
12.5.1Description
Lateral-torsional buckling for a two field column with HEA 200. The system concerned a one field system (8m) in one,
and a 2 field system (4m + 4m) in the other direction. The assumptions for buckling and especially for Lateral-
torsional buckling are set manually. The value XLT is chosen to be the reference value.
12.6.1Description
Description: The test verifies the buckling resistance for a R50*100/1 column made of S235 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 Romanian Annex.
12.7 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Stability check for an IPE300 single span beam, simply
supported
12.7.1Description
Verification of an IPE300 steel beam with a distributed load applied along the linear element; the beam is made of
S335 material and it is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a -30 kN/m uniform linear effort applied vertically.
12.8 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-6 - France: Buckling resistance of a class 4 circular hollow section
12.8.1Description
Calculates the buckling resistance of a class 4 circular hollow section in pure compression and compares the value
with the results from the document from CTICM ("Revue Construction Mtallique n4 - 2011").
12.9 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Verifying the compression checks for an I section column
12.9.1Description
Verifying the compression steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and
bending moment
37
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.10 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example H.1 W-shape subject to combined
compression and bending (LRFD)
12.10.1Description
Determines the available compressive and flexural strengths. Checks for the combined effects of an ASTM A992
W14x99 and whether it has sufficient available strength to support the axial forces and moments together, obtained
from a second-order analysis that includes P-delta effects. The unbraced length is 14 ft and the member has pinned
ends. KLx = KLy = Lb= 14.0 ft.
12.11 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for laminated RHS beams
12.11.1Description
Verifying the Mcr & XLT stability values for 3 laminated RHS beams, R40*75/3, R40*80/3 and R40*150/3.
12.12 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for welded RHS beams
12.12.1Description
Verifying the Mcr & XLT stability values for 3 welded RHS beams, R40*75/3, R40*80/3 and R40*150/3.
12.13 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fy shear checks for an I section column
12.13.1Description
Verifying the Fy shear steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and bending
moment
12.14 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: k stability values for an I section column
12.14.1Description
Verifying the kyy, kyz, kzy & kzz stability values from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column
subject to axial force and bending moment
38
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.15 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Oblique bending checks for an I section column
12.15.1Description
Verifying the oblique bending steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and
bending moment
12.16 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fz shear checks for an I section column
12.16.1Description
Verifying the Fz shear steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and bending
moment
12.17 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: XLT stability value for an I section column
12.17.1Description
Verifying the XLT stability value from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force
and bending moment
12.18 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Work Ratio stability value for an I section column
12.18.1Description
Verifying the Work Ratio stability value from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial
force and bending moment
12.19 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: X stability values for an I section column
12.19.1Description
Verifying the Xyy and Xzz stability values from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to
axial force and bending moment
39
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.20 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: C1, C2 & Mcr stability values for an I section column
12.20.1Description
Verifying the C1, C2 and Mcr stability values from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to
axial force and bending moment
40
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.21 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification, shear and bending moment
verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 3)
12.21.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.21.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
41
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
To determine the web class, we will use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.
42
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
43
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
44
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
fy
Av *
V pl , Rd = 3
M0
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)
Where:
Av section shear area for rolled profiles Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f
A cross-section area A=53.81cm2
b overall breadth b=150mm
h overall depth h=300mm
hw depth of the web hw=248.6mm
r root radius r=15mm
tf flange thickness tf=10.7mm
tw web thickness tw=7.1mm
fy 235
Av * 25.68 * 104 *
V pl , Rd = 3 = 3 = 0.3484MN = 348.42kN
M0 1
45
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The shear force is greater than half of the plastic shear resistance. Its effect on the moment resistance must be taken
into account.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(1)(2)
Where:
2
2V 2 * 0.200 2
= Ed 1 = 1 = 0.0223
V pl , Rd 0 . 348
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(3)
Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f
Av section shear area for rolled profiles
A cross-section area A=53.81cm2
b overall breadth b=150mm
h overall depth h=300mm
hw depth of the web hw=248.6mm
r root radius r=15mm
tf flange thickness tf=10.7mm
tw web thickness tw=7.1mm
46
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
47
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.21.3Calculated results
48
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.22 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression resistance for
an IPE600 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7)
12.22.1Description
Verifies the classification and the compression resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.22.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
49
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0: N = Fz = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class.
50
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The web class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table
5.2 - sheet 1:
51
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
c
= 42.83 > 42 = 42
t
This means that the column web is Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class.
The top flange class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 2:
c
= 4.21 9 = 9
t
This means that the top column flange is Class 1. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 1.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.
52
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
= = 1.0
1
k = 4.0
p =
b/t
=
(600mm 2 19mm 2 24mm ) / 12mm = 0.754
28.4 k 28.4 1.0 4.0
p 0.055 (3 + )
= 1.0
2p
Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:
Work ratio
N 100000 N
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 2.79518%
N c , Rd 3577581N
53
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.22.3Calculated results
54
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.23.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H made of S355.
The tests are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.23.2Background
Buckling verification under compression efforts for an CHS219.1x6.3H column made of S355 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Tube wall thickness: t=6.3mm
Tube diameter: d=219.1mm
2
Cross section area: A=4210mm
Radius of gyration about the relevant axis: i=75.283mm
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2366x10 mm
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2366x10 mm
55
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 3.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are both imposed with 6m value
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 3.0: FZ = N = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
N b , Rd
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
d 219.1mm
= = 34.778
t 6.3mm
235 235
= = = 0.814
fy 355
d
= 34.778 80 2 = 50 0.814 = 46.381 therefore the section is considered to be Class 2
t
56
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
N b , Rd = (6.47)
M1
Where:
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
y = 2 2
1 (6.49)
y + y y
E 210000
1 = = = 76.41
fy 355
Iy 23860000mm 4
i= = = 75.283mm
A 4210mm 2
Lcr 6000mm
y = = = 1.043
i 1 75.283mm 76.41
57
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
58
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
12.23.3Calculated results
59
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.24 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 22)
12.24.1Description
The test verifies the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam made of S235 steel.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
12.24.2Background
Lateral torsional buckling verification for an unrestrained IPE300 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of
S235 steel. The beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a uniform vertical load (10 000 N) applied
constantly on the entire length. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Beam length: 5m
Cross section area: A=5310mm2
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=8356.00x10 mm
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=603.80x10 mm
Materials properties
60
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 3.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = -10 000 N,
Internal: None.
M Ed
100 100% (6.46)
M b , Rd
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
for beam web:
c 248.6mm
= = 35.014 c
t 7.1mm = 35.014 72 = 72 therefore the beam web is considered to be
t
=1
Class 1
for beam flange:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276 c
t 10.7 mm = 5.276 9 = 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
=1
61
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
h 300mm
= = 2 2 the buckling curve about Y-Y will be considered a
b 150mm
The design buckling resistance moment against lateral-torsional buckling is calculated according the next formula:
LT W y f y
M b , Rd = (6.55)
M1
Where:
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT
2
]
LT represents the imperfection factor; LT = 0.21
62
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 E I z k z I w (k z L) G I t
2
M cr = C1
k w I z
+ + (C z )2
C z (1)
(k z L )2
E IZ
2 2 g 2 g
E Iz I L G I t
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
The C1 coefficient is chosen from the Table2 of the EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 3.3:
63
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
210000 N / mm 2 603.80 10 4 mm 4
M cr = 1.13
(5000mm)
12.59 1010 mm 6 (5000mm) 80770 N / mm 2 20.12 10 4 mm 4
+ =
603.80 10 4 mm 4 210000 N / mm 2 603.80 10 4 mm 4
= 1.13 500578.44 N 230.80mm = 130609424.8 Nmm = 130.61kNm
therefore:
Wy f y 628.4 10 3 mm 3 235 N / mm 2
LT = = = 1.063
M cr 130609424.8 Nmm
[ ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (1.063 0.2) + 1.0632 ] = 1.156
2
1 1
LT = = = 0.621 1
LT + LT LT 1.156 + 1.156 1.063
64
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.24.3Calculated results
65
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.25 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a
rectangular hollow section beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12)
12.25.1Description
Verifies the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.25.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel to resist shear. Verification of the
shear resistance at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in
the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is simply supported and it is subjected to an uniformly distributed load
(50 000 N/ml) applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 9490 mm ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 = 1.0 .
66
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml,
Internal: None.
12.25.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be determined.
A h 9490mm 2 300mm
Av = = = 5694mm 2
b+h 300mm + 200mm
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-
section:
f y 275MPa
Av 5694mm 2
V pl , Rd = 3 = 3 = 904044 N
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
q L 50 N / mm 5000mm
VEd 125000 N
Work ratio = 100 = 2 100 = 2 100 = 100 = 13.83%
V pl , Rd V pl , Rd 904044 N 904044 N
67
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.25.3Calculated results
68
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.26 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section
column subjected to bending and shear efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13)
12.26.1Description
Verifies the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column (made of S235 steel) subjected to bending and shear
efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.26.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist shear and bending efforts.
Verification of the shear resistance at ultimate limit state, as well as the design resistance for bending, is realised.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (200 000 N). The dead
load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
69
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 9490 mm ,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 = 1.0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 200 000 N,
Internal: None.
70
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.26.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be determined.
A h 9490mm 2 300mm
Av = = = 5694mm 2
b+h 300mm + 200mm
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-
section:
f y 235MPa
Av 5694mm 2
V pl , Rd = 3 = 3 = 772546.6 N
M0 1 .0
Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
V 200000
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 25.89%
V pl , Rd 772546.6
12.26.2.3 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
71
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
72
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).
c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to
bending):
c
= 25 72 = 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
W pl , y f y 956000mm 3 235MPa
M c , Rd = = = 224660000 Nmm
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
L 5000mm
V 200000 N
M Ed 2 100 = 2
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 222.56%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 224660000 Nmm
73
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
74
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending [%] 222.56 %
12.26.3Calculated results
75
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.27 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 20)
12.27.1Description
The test verifies the buckling of a RC3020100 column made of S355 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.
12.27.2Background
Verification of buckling under compression efforts for a rectangular hollow, RC3020100 column made of S235 steel.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N)
applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Cross section area: A=9490mm2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=11819x104mm4
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=6278x10 mm
76
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are both imposed (10m)
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0: FZ = N = -200 000 N,
Internal: None.
77
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
N b , Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
N b , Rd = (6.47)
M1
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Y-Y axis
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
= 2
1 (6.49)
+ 2
[
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + ]
It will be used the following buckling curve:
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
[ ]
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (0.954 0.2) + 0.9542 ] = 1.034
78
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
1 1
= 2
= = 0.698 1
+ 2 1.034 + 1.0342 0.9542
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 = 1
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
N b , Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
N b , Rd = (6.47)
M1
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Z-Z axis
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
= 2
1 (6.49)
+ 2
[
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + ]
It will be used the following buckling curve:
79
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
[ ]
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (1.309 0.2) + 1.3092 ] = 1.473
Therefore:
1 1
= 2
= = 0.465 1
+ 2 1.473 + 1.4732 1.3092
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 = 1
80
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
81
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak inertia)
82
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.27.3Calculated results
83
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.28 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Cross section classification and compression resistance
verification of a rectangular hollow section column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
11)
12.28.1Description
Verifies the cross section classification and the compression resistance of a rectangular hollow section column.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.28.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts of a hot rolled rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The
column is fixed at its base and free on the top. It is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
84
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0:
N = Fz = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
85
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table. The entire cross-section is subjected to
compression stresses.
The cross-section class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, and it is calculated for the most defavourable compressed part:
86
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
235
= = 1.0
fy
Therefore:
c
= 25 33 = 33
t
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
12.28.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 1 cross-section is determined with formula (6.10) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
A f y 9490mm 2 235MPa
N c , Rd = = = 2230150 N
M0 1.0
Work ratio
N 100000 N
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 4.48%
N c , Rd 2230150 N
87
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.28.3Calculated results
88
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.29 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on
the bottom and with a displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 25)
12.29.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to a -328kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has a restraint of displacement at 2.81m from the bottom over the weak axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.29.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and at his top the end is translation is
permitted only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is
subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and a1274000Nm
bending moment after the Y axis.
The column has lateral restraints against torsional buckling placed in at 2.81m from the column end (in the middle).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
89
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
90
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner:
Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (z=2.81).
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm
91
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 N 1 0.328
= 1 + Ed = 1 + = 0.64 > 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.85 0.005
235 235
= = = 0.924
fy 275
c 880mm 2 15mm
= = 170 c 42 42 0.924
t 5mm = 170 > = = 94.06
t 0 .67 + 0 .33 0 . 67 + 0 . 33 ( 0 . 78)
= 924
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
- for beam flange:
c 107.5
= = 7.61 c
t 15 = 7.61 9 0.924 = 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1.
t
= 924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4.
92
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
c 880mm 2 15mm
= = 170 :
t 5mm
= 1 k = 4
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
bw
p = t
28.4 k
235 235
= = = 0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p = 5mm = 3.261
28.4 0.9244 4
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:
93
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
inf 850mm
= = 1 bc = bt = = 425mm
sup 2
= 1 k = 23.9
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
c 880mm 2 15mm
= = 170
t 5mm
bw
p = t
28.4 k
235 235
= = = 0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p = 5mm = 1.325
28.4 0.9244 23.9
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
bw 850mm
beff = bc = beff = 0.692 = 294.1mm
1 1 ( 1)
be1 = 0.4 beff be1 = 0.4 294.1mm = 117.64mm
b = 0.6 294.1mm = 176.46mm
be 2 = 0.6 beff e2
94
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
yG =
(220 15) 432.5 + (117.64 5) 366.18 (220 15) 432.5 (601.46 5)124.27 =
220 15 + 117.64 5 + 601.46 5 + 220 15
158330.095
= = 15.53mm
10195.5
-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:
15 3 220 117.64 3 5
Iy = + 220 15 448.03 2 + + 117.64 5 381.712 +
12 12
3 3
601.46 5 15 220
+ + 601.46 5 107.74 2 + + 220 15 416.97 2 =
12 12
= 748854356.6 + 699380072.5 = 1448234429mm 4
220 3 15 53 117.64
Iz = + 220 15 0 2 + + 117.64 5 0 2 +
12 12
3
5 601.46 2 220 3 15
+ + 601.46 5 0 + + 220 15 0 2 = 26627490.63mm 4
12 12
Iy 1448234429mm 4
Wel , y = = = 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Iz 26627490.63mm 4
Wel , z = = = 242068.10mm 3
y max 110mm
95
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
Aeff * f y
y =
N cr , y
96
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 1448234429mm 4
N cr , y = = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37kN
l fy (5620mm)
Aeff f y 7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.15
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.15 0.2 ) + 0.15 2 ] = 0.503
1 1
y = = = 1.017
2 2
y + y y 0.503 + 0.5032 0.15 2 y =1
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:
= 0.49
97
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
l fz = 2.81m because of the torsional buckling restraint from the middle of the column
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
N cr , z = = = 6989347.62 N = 6989.35kN
l fz (2810mm )
Aeff f y 7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
z = = = 0.555
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.555 0.2) + 0.555 2 ] = 0.741
1 1
z = = = 0.812
2 2 2 2
z + z z 0.741 + 0.741 0.555 z = 0.812
z 1
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
637 kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = = 0.50
1274kNm
98
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
637 kNm
= = 0.5 C1 = 1.31
1274kNm
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
I z (h t f )
2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h=880mm
99
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.31
L Iz E Iz (2810mm )2
49.808 1011 mm 6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
+ = 1.31 6989347.626 N 439.32mm =
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 4022433856 Nmm = 4022.43kNm
Iy 1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y = = = 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:
h 880mm
= =4>2
b 220mm
= 0.76
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5[1 + 0.76 (0.466 0.2) + 0.466 ] = 0.710
1 1
LT = = = 0.803 1
LT + LT LT 0.710 + 0.710 0.466
b) for the bottom part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:
100
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends on several parameters, such as: section properties; support conditions; moment
diagram allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
0
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = =0
637 kNm
= 0 C1 = 1.77
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
I z (h t f )
2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h=880mm
101
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.77
L Iz E Iz (2810mm )2
49.808 1011 mm 6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
+ = 1.77 6989347.626 N 439.32mm =
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 5434891269 Nmm = 5434.89kNm
Iy 1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y = = = 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with the formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 880mm
= =4>2
b 220mm
= 0.76
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5[1 + 0.76 (0.401 0.2 ) + 0.401 ] = 0.657
102
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 1
LT = = = 0.849 1
LT + LT LT 0.657 + 0.657 0.401
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
a) for the top part of the column:
y
k yy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
y =1 (previously calculated)
N Ed = 328kN
E Iy
N cr , y = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N = 1
y = =
N Ed 328000 N
1 y 1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
103
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0 =
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Iy 1448234429mm 4
Wel , y = = = 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
The calculation the M cr 0 will be calculated using C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr 0 = C1 + = 1
L Iz E Iz (2810mm )2
49.808 1011 mm 6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
+ = 1 6989347.626 N 439.32mm =
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 3070560199 Nmm = 3070.56kNm
Weff , y f y 3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 0.534
M cr 0 3070560199 Nmm
104
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
- for a symmetrical section for the both axis, N cr ,TF = N cr ,T
A 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G It +
I0 Lcr ,T
The mass moment of inertia I 0
I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y = 1490580416.67 mm 4
Lcr ,T = 2.81m
Torsional moment of inertia: I t = 514614.75mm 4
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.20 1.31 4 1 328000 N 1 328000 N =
N cr , z N cr ,TF 6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N
= 0.224
105
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y a LT
0 = 0.534 C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.224 C mz = C mz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF a LT
C mLT = C my 2
1
N N
0 = 0.534 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.224 1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,TF
N cr , z N cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
It 514614.75mm 4
a LT = 1 = 1 = 0.9996 1
Iy 1448234429mm 4
106
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iy
N cr , y = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)
l fy
328000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33) = 0.79
95035371.44 N
y a LT 9.55 1
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.79 + (1 0.79 ) = 0.949
1 + y a LT 1 + 9.55 1
2 a LT
CmLT = Cmy 1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,T
-the C my term used for CmLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
y a LT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N Ed 328000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33) = 0.895
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
M y , Ed Aeff 1274 10 6 Nmm 7815.2mm 2
y = = = 9.55 (previously calculated)
N Ed Weff , y 328000 N 3179229.533mm 3
y a LT 9.55 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.895 + (1 0.895) = 0.974
1 + y a LT 1 + 9.55 1
2 a LT 1
C mLT = C my = 0.974 2 = 0.989
0.328 0.328
1 N Ed 1 N Ed 1 1
C mLT = 1
N N 6.9897 9.644
cr , z cr ,T
C mLT 1
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y 1
k yy = C my C mLT = 0.949 1 = 0.952
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
y
k yy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
107
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.20 1.77 4 1 328000 N 1 328000 N =
N 6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N
N cr , z cr ,TF
= 0.260
Therefore:
For the bottom part of the column:
y a LT
0 = 0.534 C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.260 C mz = C mz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF a LT
C mLT = C my2
1
N N
0 = 0.534 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.260 1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N N N
cr , z cr ,TF cr , z cr ,T
108
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
It 514614.75mm 4
a LT = 1 = 1 = 0.9996 1
Iy 1448234429mm 4
M Ed ,inf 0
The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: = = =0
M Ed ,sup 1274kNm
N Ed
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
N cr , y
Where:
E Iy
N cr , y = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)
l fy
328000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33) = 0.79
95035371.44 N
y a LT 9.55 1
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.79 + (1 0.79 ) = 0.949
1 + y a LT 1 + 9.55 1
109
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 a LT
CmLT = Cmy 1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,T
-the C my term used for CmLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
y a LT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N Ed 328000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33) = 0.895
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
M y , Ed Aeff 637 10 6 Nmm 7815.2mm 2
y = = = 4.77
N Ed Weff , y 328000 N 3179229.533mm 3
y a LT 4.77 1
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.895 + (1 0.895) = 0.967
1 + y a LT 1 + 4.77 1
2 a LT 1
C mLT = C my = 0.967 2 = 0.974
328000 N 328000 N
1 N Ed 1 N Ed 1 1
C mLT = 1
N N 6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N
cr , z cr ,T
C mLT 1
y 1
k yy = C my C mLT = 0.949 1 = 0.952
N 328000 N
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
y
k yz = C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
M 0
The Cmz term must be calculated for the hole column length = Ed ,inf = = 0
M Ed ,sup 1274kNm
110
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed 328000 N
C mz = C mz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.784
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
y 1
k yz = C mz = 0.784 = 0.823
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
y 1
k yz = C mz = 0.784 = 0.823
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
z
k zy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
z = = = 0.991
N Ed 328000 N
1 z 1 0.812
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
z 0.991
k zy = C my C mLT = 0.949 1 = 0.944
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
z 0.991
k zy = C my C mLT = 0.949 1 = 0.944
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
z 0.991
k zz = C mz = 0.784 = 0.815
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
111
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k yy + k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k zy + k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk = f y Ai
112
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
113
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
114
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
115
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
116
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
117
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
118
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
y 1
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.81
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.95
k yy Internal factor, k yy
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.15
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.72
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.58
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.19
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.71
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.56
bending moment over the Z axis
119
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.29.3Calculated results
120
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.30 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on
the bottom (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 26)
12.30.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 408mm height; 190mm width; 9.4mm center thickness; 14.6mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 1000kN axial compression force and a 200kNm bending moment after the Y axis. All the
efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.30.2Background
An I40.8*0.94+19*1.46 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 40.8x9.4mm web and 190x14.6mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -1000000 N, a 200000Nm bending moment after the Y axis and a 5000N lateral force after the Y
axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
121
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=2000mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
122
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=2.00m: FZ =-1000000N; Mx=200000Nm and Fy=5000N
123
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 N 1 1
= 1 + Ed = 1 + = 1.01 > 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.3788 0.0094
235 235
= = = 0.924
fy 275
c 408mm 2 14.6mm
= = 40.30 c 42 42 0.924
t 9.4mm = 170 > = = 64.25
t 0 . 67 + 0 .33 0 .67 + 0 . 33 ( 0 . 20 )
= 0.924
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 3.
- for beam flange:
c 90.30
= = 6.18 c
t 14.6 = 6.18 9 0.924 = 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
= 0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.
124
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
A * fy
y =
N cr , y
125
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 257332751mm 4
N cr , y = = = 133338053.7 N = 133338.05kN
l fy (2000mm)
A f y 9108.72mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.137
N cr , y 133338053.7 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.137 0.2 ) + 0.137 2 ] = 0.499
1 1
y = = = 1.022
2 2 2 2
y + y y 0.499 + 0.499 0.137 y =1
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:
= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
126
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
l fz = 2.00m
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=16716452.10 mm4
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.538 0.2 ) + 0.538 2 ] = 0.728
1 1
z = = = 0.821
2 2
z + z z 0.728 + 0.728 2 0.538 2 z = 0.821
z 1
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
127
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
I z (h t f )
2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h=408mm
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1
L Iz E Iz (2000mm )2
6.46774 1011 mm 6 (2000mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4
2
+ = 1 8661700.384 N 208.052mm =
16716452.10mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
= 1802088994 Nmm = 1802.089kNm
128
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Iy 257332751mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y = = = 1261434.172mm 3
z max 204mm
Weff , y f y 1261434.172mm 3 275 N / mm 2
LT = = = 0.439
M cr 1802088994 Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 408mm
= = 2.147 > 2
b 190mm
= 0.76
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.76 (0.439 0.2 ) + 0.439 ] = 0.687
1 1
LT = = = 0.813 1
LT + LT LT 0.687 + 0.687 0.439
129
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
y
k yy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
N Ed = 1000kN
E Iy
N cr , y = = 133338053.7 N = 133338.05kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed 1000000 N
1 1
N cr , y 133338053 .7 N = 1
y = =
N Ed 1000000 N
1 y 1 1
N cr , y 133338053.7 N
130
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0 =
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Iy 257332751mm 4
Wel , y = = = 1261434.172mm 3
z max 204mm
The calculation the M cr 0 will be calculated using C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1
L Iz E Iz (2000mm )2
6.46774 1011 mm 6 (2000mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4
2
+ = 1 8661700.384 N 208.052mm =
16716452.10mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
= 1802088994 Nmm = 1802.089kNm
Weff , y f y 1261434.172mm 3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 0.439
M cr 1802088994 Nmm
131
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G I +
i0 Lcr ,T
2 t
2 2 2
i0 = i y + i z + y02 + z 02 = 0.0301
Torsional moment of inertia: It=492581.13 mm4
Working inertial moment: Iw=645759981974.33mm6
Lcr ,T = 2.00m
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
N cr , z = = = 8661700.38 N (previously calculated)
l fz (2000mm)
C1=1 for the top part of the column
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.20 1 4
1
1000000 N
1
1000000 N
=
N 13
8661700.38 N 1.244 10 N
N cr , z cr ,TF
= 0.172
132
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y a LT
0 = 0.469 C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.172 C mz = C mz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF a LT
C mLT = C my 2
1
N N N N
0 = 0.469 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1
N
Ed = 0.172
1 Ed 1 Ed
N N N
cr , z cr ,TF cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
It 492581.13 mm 4
a LT = 1 = 1 = 0.998 1
Iy 257332751mm 4
133
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The bending moment has the same value on both ends of the column: =1
N Ed
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
N cr , y
Where:
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 257332751mm 4
N cr , y = = = 133338053.7 N (previously calculated)
l fy (2000mm)
N Ed = 1000000 N
1000000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.211 + 0.36 (1 0.33) = 1.002
133338053.7 N
y a LT 1.444 1
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 1.002 + (1 1.002 ) = 1.001
1 + y a LT 1 + 1.444 1
2 a LT 1
C mLT = C my = 1.0012 = 1.065
1000000 N 1000000 N
1 N Ed 1 N Ed 1 1
C mLT = 1.065
N N 8661700 . 38 N 1 . 244 1013
N
cr , z cr ,T
C mLT 1
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y 1
k yy = C my C mLT = 1.001 1.065 = 1.074
N Ed 1000000 N
1 1
N cr , y 133338053.7 N
y
k yz = C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
M
Cmz term must be calculated for the whole column length = Ed ,inf = 200kNm = 1
M Ed ,sup 200kNm
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
N cr , z = = = 8661700.38 N = 8661.70kN
l fz (2000mm )
N Ed 1000000 N
C mz = C mz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.776
N cr , z 8661700.38 N
y 1
k yz = C mz = 0.776 = 0.878
N 1000000 N
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 8661700.38 N
134
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z
k zy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed 1000000 N
1 1
N cr , z 8661700.38 N
z = = = 0.799
N Ed 1000000 N
1 z 1 0 . 821
N cr , z 8661700.38 N
z 0.977
k zz = C mz = 0.776 = 0.857
N 1000000 N
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 8661700.38 N
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k yy + k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k zy + k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk = f y Ai
135
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
136
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
137
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
138
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
139
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
140
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
141
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
142
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.30.2.10Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y 1
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.821
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
k yy Internal factor, k yy 1.074
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.40
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.76
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.18
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.49
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.74
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.18
bending moment over the Z axis
12.30.3Calculated results
143
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.31 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply
supported with a displacement restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 27)
12.31.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section beam. The beam is hinged at one end and the translations over the Y
and Z axis and rotation after the X axis are blocked.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 530mm height; 190mm width; 12mm center thickness; 19mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The beam is subjected to 10 kN/m linear force applied vertically, 5 kN/m linear force applied horizontally and 3700 kN
punctual force applied on the end of the beam.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.31.2Background
An I53*1.2+22*1.9 beam column subjected to axial compression, uniform distributed vertical force and uniform
distributed horizontal force, made from S235 steel. The beam has a 53x12mm web and 220x19mm flanges. The
beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to an axial compression load 3700000 N, 10000 N/m uniform
distributed load over the Z axis and 5000 N/m horizontal uniform distributed force after the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
144
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometrical properties
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (x = 5) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner:
Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (x=2.50).
145
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load from X=f.00m and z=.00m: Fx =-3700000N;
External: vertical uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fz=-10000N/m
External: horizontal uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fy=-5000N/m
146
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
inf 246.94Mpa
= = =1
sup 246.94Mpa
147
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
235 235
= = =1
fy 235
148
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
c 530mm 2 19mm
= = 41 c
t 12mm 38 = 38 < = 41 42 = 42 therefore the beam web is
t
=1
considered to be Class 3
-for beam flange:
220 12
c c
= 2 = 5.47 = 4.57 9 1 = 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 19 t
=1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.
= 0.34
149
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
A * fy
y =
N cr , y
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4
N cr , y = = = 55139061.21N = 55139.06kN
l fy (5000mm )
A f y 14264mm 2 235 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.247
N cr , y 55139061.21N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.247 0.2 ) + 0.247 2 ] = 0.538
1 1
y = = = 0.984
2 2 2 2
y + y y 0.538 + 0.538 0.247 y = 0.984
y 1
150
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
l fz = 2.50m
151
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
N cr , z = = = 11205235.19 N = 11205.235kN
l fz (2500mm)
A f y 14264mm 2 235 N / mm 2
z = = = 0.547
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.547 0.2 ) + 0.547 2 ] = 0.735
1 1
z = = = 0.819
2 2
z + z z 0.735 + 0.735 2 0.547 2 z = 0.816
z 1
is the isotactic moment report (for simply supported bar) due to Q load ant the maxim moment value
q L 10000 N / m (2500mm )
= = = 0.25
8 M 8 31.25 10 3 Nm
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
152
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
C1 = 1.31
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.31
L Iz E Iz (2500mm)2
22.01163 1011 mm 6 (2500mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 1269555.73mm 4
2
+ = 1.31 11205235.19 N 272.58mm =
33789514.67 mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
= 4001163141Nmm
153
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Note:
M Ed 31.25 10 6 Nmm
= = 7.81 10 3
M cr 4001163141
LT = 0.384 > 0.20
M Ed 2
M Ed 3 LT , 0 M
= 7.81 10 0.04 M cr 2
M cr
Ed
= 0.00781 LT , 0 = 0.0156
M cr
b 220
= 0.125 LT , 0 = 0.0156
2
LT ,0 = 0.3 = 0.3
h 530
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3; Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)
M Ed 2
For slendernesses LT , 0 (see 6.3.2.3) lateral torsional buckling effects may be ignored and only cross sectional checks
M cr
apply.
-therefore:
LT = 1
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN (2005); Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be calculated
separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
154
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y
k yy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
N Ed = 3700kN
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4
N cr , y = = = 55139061.21N (previously
l fy (5000mm )
calculated)
N Ed 3700000 N
1 1
N cr , y 55130961.21N
y = = = 0.999
N Ed 3700000 N
1 y 1 0.984
N cr , y 55130961.21N
- Cmy coefficient takes into account the behavior in the plane of bending (buckling in the plan and distribution of the
bending moment).
- Must be calculated considering the beam along its length.
155
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0 =
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Iy 665089874.67mm 4
Wel , y = = = 2509773.11mm 3
z max 265mm
The calculation the M cr 0 will be calculated using C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
M cr , 0 = C1 + = 1
L Iz E Iz (2500mm)2
22.01163 1011 mm 6 (2500mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 1269555.73mm 4
2
+ = 1 11205235.19 N 272.58mm =
33789514.67 mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
= 3054323008 Nmm
Weff , y f y 2509773.11mm 3 235 N / mm 2
0 = = = 0.439
M cr , 0 3054323008 Nmm
156
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G I +
i0 Lcr ,T
2 t
2 2 2
i0 = i y + i z + y 02 + z 02 = 0.0491
Lcr ,T = 2.50m
N N 3700000 N 3700000 N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
= 0.20 1 4
1 1 =
11205235.19 N 1.696 10 N
13
N cr , z cr ,TF
= 0.181
Therefore:
y a LT
0 = 0.439 C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.181 C mz = C mz , 0
N
N cr , z cr ,TF a LT
C mLT = C my 2
1
N N N N
0 = 0.439 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.181 1 Ed 1 Ed
N N cr , z cr ,TF N N
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
157
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y = Weff , y = 2509773.11mm 3
It 1269555.73mm 4
a LT = 1 = 1 = 0.998
Iy 665089874.67 mm 4
N Ed
C my , 0 = 1 + 0.03
N cr , y
Where:
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4
N cr , y = = = 55139061.21N (previously calculated)
l fy (5000mm )
N Ed = 3700000 N
3700000 N
C my , 0 = 1 + 0.03 = 1.002
55139061.21N
y a LT 0.048 1
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 1.002 + (1 1.002 ) = 1.002
1 + y a LT 1 + 0048 1
158
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 aLT
CmLT = Cmy
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
It must again calculate the coefficient Cmy, but only for the left section.
z = 0.0001396m
2 E Iy N
Cmy , 0 = 1 + 1 Ed =
L2 M y , Ed N cr , y
2 210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4 0.0001396 3700000 N
= 1 + 1 = 0.999
(2500mm) 31.25 10 Nmm
2 6
55139061.21N
159
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y a LT 0.219 0.998
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.999 + (1 0.999 ) = 0.999
1 + y a LT 1 + 0.219 0.998
2 a LT 0.998
C mLT = C my = 0.999 = 1.377
N N 3700000 N 3700000 N
1 Ed 1 Ed 1 1
N cr , z N cr ,T 11205235.19 N 1.696 10 N
13
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y 1
k yy = C my C mLT = 1.002 1.377 = 1.476
N Ed 3700000 N
1 1
N cr , y 55130961.21N
y
k yz = C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
Cmz coefficient must be calculated considering the beam along its length
N Ed 3700000 N
C mz = C mz , 0 = 1 + 0.03 = 1 + 0.03 = 1.010
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
y 1
k yz = C mz = 0.776 = 1.506
N Ed 3700000 N
1 1
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
160
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z
k zy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed 3700000 N
1 1
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
z = = = 0.917
N Ed 3700000 N
1 z 1 0.816
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
z 0.917
k zy = C my C mLT = 1.002 1.377 = 1.355
N 3700000 N
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 55130961.21N
z 0.917
k zz = C mz = 0.776 = 1.383
N Ed 3700000 N
1 1
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k yy + k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k zy + k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk = f y Ai
161
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
162
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
163
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over
the Y axis
SMyy
164
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
165
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Z axis
SMzz
12.31.2.10Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y 0.98
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.82
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
k yy Internal factor, k yy 1.47
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.12
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.08
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.33
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.35
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.07
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.30
bending moment over the Z axis
166
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.31.3Calculated results
167
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.32 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 19)
12.32.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column made of S235 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.
12.32.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Cross section area: A=5380mm2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=603.80x104mm4
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=8356x10 mm
168
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are doth imposed with 10m value
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0: FZ = N = -200 000 N,
Internal: None.
169
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
N b , Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
N b , Rd = (6.47)
M1
Where:
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
= 2
1 (6.49)
+ 2
the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
A* f y
=
N cr
Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=235N/mm2 and Ncr is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
[
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + ]
It will be used the following buckling curve:
170
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
[ ]
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (0.854 0.2) + 0.8542 ] = 0.933
Therefore:
1 1
= 2
= = 0.764 1
+ 2 0.933 + 0.9332 0.8542
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 = 1
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
N b , Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
N b , Rd = (6.47)
M1
Where:
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
= 2
1 (6.49)
+ 2
171
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
[
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + ]
It will be used the following buckling curve:
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.34:
[ ]
= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (3.178 0.2) + 3.1782 ] = 6.056
Therefore:
1 1
= 2
= = 0.089 1
+ 2 6.056 + 6.0562 3.1782
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 = 1
172
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
173
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.32.3Calculated results
174
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.33 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending
moment, buckling, lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 23)
12.33.1Description
The test verfies a IPE400 column, made of S275 steel, subjected to compression, shear, bending moment, buckling,
lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.33.2Background
Unrestrained IPE400 column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column is fixed at
its base and free on the top end. A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load (-125000 N) applied and to a lateral load after the X global axis (28330N). Both loads are applied
on the top end of the column. The dead load will be neglected. The results will be compared with the ones obtained
by the CTIM n4-2006.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
175
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=9000mm
176
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 9.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: lateral (xoz) restraint at z=3m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and Y=9.00m: FZ =-125000N and Fx=28330N
Internal: None.
177
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
CTICM model
The model is presented in the CTICM 2006-4-Resistance barre comprimee selon
178
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
c 331mm
= = 38.49 c
t 8.6mm = 38.49 72 = 72 therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 1
t
=1
-for beam flange:
c 67.47mm
= = 4.50 c
t 13.5mm = 4.50 9 = 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
=1
179
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
100 100% (6.9)
N c ,Rd
The design resistance of the cross-section for uniform compression Nc,Rd is determined using the formula below:
A f y
N c , Rd = (6.10)
M0
-where:
The compression resistance of the column is N c , Rd = 2324kN as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from
CTCIM 2006-4:
V Ed
100 100% (6.17)
Vc , Rd
180
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The design shear resistance of the element, Vc,Rd is determined using the formula below:
f
AV y
Vc , Rd = 3 (6.18)
M0
-where:
AV is the shear area:
AV = A 2 b t f + (t w + 2 r ) t f hw t w
-where:
fy 2 275 N / mm 2
AV 4269.1mm
3 3 = 677810.66 N
Vc , Rd = =
M0 1
VEd = 28330 N
V Ed 28330 N
100 = 100 = 0.04179 100 = 4.180% 100%
Vc , Rd 677810.66 N
181
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The shear resistance of the column is V pl , z , Rd = 677.8kN as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from CTCIM
2006-4:
M Ed
100 100% (6.12)
M pl , Rd
-the shear force does not exceed 50% of the shear plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the shear on
the composed bending;
-the axial compression force does not exceed 25% of the plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the
compression on the composed bending
The design bending moment resistance of the element, Mpl,Rd is determined using the formula below:
w pl f y
M pl , Rd = (6.13)
M0
-where:
182
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The bending moment resistance of the column is M pl , y , Rd = 359.7 kNm as it can be seen from the conclusion
extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
= 0.21
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
A* fy
y =
N cr , y
2 2
Where: A is the cross section area; A=8446mm ; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=275N/mm and Ncr is
the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
183
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A fy 8446mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.62645
N cr , y 5918472.77 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (0.62645 0.2 ) + 0.626452 ] = 0.740997
1 1
y = = = 0.87968 1
y + y y
2 2
0.740997 + 0.740997 2 0.626452
According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, y-y
axis, y is: y = 0.8796 as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
184
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.34
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
Outside the frame, the calculation can be made with more than the safety of taking in account a buckling length equal
to the grater length of the two beam sections, 6m. A more accurate calculation is to perform a modal analysis of the
column buckling outside the frame. The first eigenmode of instability corresponds to an amplification factor equal to
critical cr = 9.15 . The normal critical force can be directly calculated:
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (1.42588 0.2 ) + 1.425882 ] = 1.72497
1 1
z = = = 0.37096 1
z + z z
2 2
1.72497 + 1.72497 2 1.425882
According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, z-z
axis, z is: z = 0.3711 as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
185
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
169.98kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = = 0.66667
254.97 kNm
1 1
C1 = = = 1.17932
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252 0.325 + 0.423 0.66667 + 0.252 0.66667
186
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:
= 0.34
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is: LT = 0.7877 as
it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
187
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
C1 = 1.77
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x104mm4
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x104 mm4
6 6
Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm
Length of the column part: L=6000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
188
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:
= 0.34
189
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is: LT = 0.694 as it
can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
N Ed M + M y , Rd M + M z , Ed
+ k yy y , Ed + k yz z , Ed 1 (6.61)
N Rk M y , Rd M z , Rk
y LT
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M + M y , Rd M + M z , Ed
+ k zy y , Ed + k zz z , Ed 1 (6.62)
N Rk M y , Rd M z , Rk
z LT
M1 M1 M1
The formulae can be simplified because:
N Ed M y , Ed
N Rk
+ k yy
M y , Rk
1.00 (6.61)
y LT
M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed
N Rk
+ k zy
M y , Rk
1.00 (6.62)
z LT
M1 M1
190
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:
y 1
k yy = Cmy CmLT
N C yy
1 Ed
N cr , y
Auxiliary terms:
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
Where:
y = 0.87968 (previously calculated)
191
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0 = C1 LT
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = 0
C1 = 1.77
192
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis, N cr ,TF = N cr ,T
A 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G It +
I0 Lcr ,T
The mass moment of inertia I 0
I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x10 mm
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x104 mm4
-for simplification, it will be considered the same buckling length, Lcr ,T , for all the column parts:
Lcr ,T = 6m
4 4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x10 mm
Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x106mm6
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.20 1.77 4 1 125000 N 1 125000 N =
N N 1142396.153 N 2400423.788 N
cr , z cr ,TF
= 0.25505
193
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
C = C + (1 C ) y aLT
my my , 0 my , 0
1 + y aLT
N N
0 = 0.88811 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.25505 Cmz = Cmz , 0
N Ncr , z cr ,TF
CmLT = Cmy
2 aLT
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed A
y =
N Ed Wel , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y = 1156 103 mm3
M y , Ed A 254.94 106 Nmm 8446mm2
y = = = 14.90119
N Ed Wel , y 125000 N 1156 103 mm3
It 51.08 10 4 mm 4
a LT = 1 = 1 = 0.99779
Iy 23130 10 4 mm 4
The Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:
125000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33) = 0.78749
5918472.773N
y aLT 14.90119 0.99779
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.78749 + (1 0.78749 ) = 0.95619
1 + y aLT 1 + 14.90119 0.99779
194
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The CmLT coefficient takes into account the laterally restrained parts of the column. The CmLT coefficient must be calculated
individually for each of the column parts.
2 a LT
CmLT = Cmy 1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,T
a) for the 3m part of the column:
y a LT
C my.3m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
y = 14.90119 (previously calculated)
a LT = 0.99779 (previously calculated)
The Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:
169.98kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities: = = 0.66667
254.97 kNm
195
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
N cr , y
Where:
125000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 0.66667 + 0.36 (0.66667 0.33) = 0.93256
5918472.773N
y a LT 14.90119 0.99779
C my ,3m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.93256 + (1 0.93256 ) = 0.98609
1 + y a LT 1 + 14.90119 0.99779
y a LT
C my.6 m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
M y , Ed A
y =
N Ed Wel , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y = 1156 103 mm3
196
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities: =0
N Ed
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
N cr , y
Where:
125000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 0 + 0.36 (0 0.33) = 0.78749
5918472.773 N
y a LT 9.9353 0.99779
C my , 6 m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.78749 + (1 0.78749 ) = 0.94873
1 + y a LT 1 + 9.9353 0.99779
2 a LT
C mLT , 6 m = C my ,6 m =
N N
1
N 1 N
Ed Ed
cr , z cr ,T
0.99779
= 0.94873 = 0.97746 C mLT , 6 m = 1
125000 N 125000 N
1 1
1142396.153 N 2400423.788 N
C mLT , 6 m 1
In conclusion:
C mLT ,3m = 1.05596
C mLT =
C mLT , 6 m = 1
197
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the Auxiliary terms: part:
198
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
(
max = max y ; z )
y = 0.62645 (previously calculated)
( )
max = max y ; z = max(0.62645;1.42504 ) = 1.42504
C my = 0.95619 (previously calculated)
1.6 1.6
C yy = 1 + (1.13062 1) 2 0.95619 1.42504 0.95619 1.42504 0.05382 0 =
1.13062 1.13062
= 0.98511
Wel , y 1156 10 3 mm 3
C yy = 0.98511 = = 0.88447
W pl , y 1307 10 3 mm 3
In conclusion:
y 1 0.99741 1
k yy `,3m = Cmy CmLT ,3m = 0.95619 1.05569 = 1.04409
N Ed C yy 125000 N 0 . 98511
1 1
N cr , y 5918472.773 N
k yy =
k y 1 0.99741 1
yy , 6 m = C my C mLT , 6 m = 0.95619 1 = 0.98902
N Ed C yy 125000 N 0 . 98511
1 1
N cr , y 5918472.773 N
199
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The internal factor k zy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:
z 1 wy
k zy = C my C mLT 0.6
N Ed C zy wz
1
N cr , y
Auxiliary terms:
N Ed
1
N cr , z
z =
N
1 z Ed
N cr , z
Where:
z = 0.37096 (previously calculated)
200
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
C = C + (1 C ) y aLT
my my , 0 my , 0
1 + y aLT
N 1 N Ed = 0.208 Cmz = Cmz , 0
0 = 0.88811 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF
CmLT = Cmy2 aLT
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
(previously calculated)
M y , Ed A 6
254.94 10 Nmm 8446mm 2
y = = = 14.90119 (previously calculated)
N Ed Wel , y 125000 N 1156 103 mm3
It 51.08 104 mm 4
aLT = 1 =1 = 0.99779 (previously calculated)
Iy 23130 104 mm 4
The Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:
201
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y a LT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.95619
1 + y a LT
(previously calculated)
The C zy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the Auxiliary terms: part:
C 2 2 wy Wel , y
Czy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 my 5 max n pl d LT 0.6
wy
wz W pl , y
202
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
0 M y , Ed M z , Ed 0 M y , Ed
d LT = 2 aLT 4
= 2 aLT 0 = 0
0.1 + z
Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd Cmz M pl , z , Rd 0.1 + z Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd
4
In conclusion:
z 1 wy 0.923830 1 1.13062
k zy = C my C mLT 0 .6 = 0.98609 1.05569 0 .6 =
N Ed C zy wz 125000 N 0.90887 1 .5
1 1
N cr , y 5918472.773 N
= 0.56307
203
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y 1 wy
k zy `,3m = C my C mLT ,3m 0.6 =
N Ed C zy wz
1
N cr , z
0.99741 1 1.13062
= 0.95619 1.05569 125000 N
0.90887
0.6
1.5
= 0.52306
1
5918472.773 N
k zy =
y 1 wy
k zy , 6 m = C my C mLT , 6 m 0.6 =
N Ed C zy wz
1
N cr , z
= 0.95619 1 0.99741 1 1.13062
0.6 = 0.50752
125000 N 0.98511 1.5
1
5918472.773 N
N Ed M y ,Ed
+ k yy =
N Rk M y ,Rk
y LT
M1 M1
125000 N 254970000 Nmm
= + 1.04409 =
2322650 N 359425000 Nmm
0.87968 0.80173
1 1
= 0.06119 + 0.92383 = 0.98501 1
N Ed M y ,Ed
+ k zy =
N Rk M y ,Rk
z LT
M1 M1
125000 N 254970000 Nmm
= + 0.52306 =
2322650 N 359425000 Nmm
0.37096 0.80173
1 1
= 0.14508 + 0.46281 = 0.60789 1
204
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed M y ,Ed
+ k yy =
N M y ,Rk
y Rk LT
M1 M1
125000 N 168980000 Nmm
= + 0.98902 =
2322650 N 359425000 Nmm
0.87968 0.63518
1 1
= 0 . 06118 + 0 .73204 = 0 .79322 1
N Ed M y ,Ed
+ k zy =
N Rk M y ,Rk
z LT
M1 M1
125000 N 168980000 Nmm
= + 0.50752 =
2322650 N 359425000 Nmm
0.37096 0.63518
1 1
= 0.14508 + 0.37565 = 0.52073 1
205
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
206
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
207
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
208
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
12.33.2.11Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Ratio of the design normal force to design compression resistance 5.38
Work ratio - Fz Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance 4.18
Work ratio - Oblique Ratio of the design moment resistance to design bending resistance 70.94
one the principal axis
y 0.88
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.37
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
k yy Internal factor, k yy for the 3m segment 1.04
209
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.33.3Calculated results
210
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.34 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on
the bottom and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24)
12.34.1Description
The test verifies an user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has no restraints over its length.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.34.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and, at his top end, translation is permitted
only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is subjected to an
axial compression load 328000 N, 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and 1274000Nm bending moment
after the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
211
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
212
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm
213
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 N 1 0.328
= 1 + Ed = 1 + = 0.64 > 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.850 0.005
214
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
235 235
= = = 0.924
fy 275
c 880mm 2 15mm
= = 170 c 42 42 0.924
t 5mm = 170 > = = 94.057
t 0.67 + 0.33 0.67 + 0.33 (0.78)
=1
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
-for beam flange:
c 107.5
= = 7.61 c
t 15 = 7.61 9 = 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
=1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4
c 880mm 2 15mm
= = 170 :
t 5mm
= 1 k = 4
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
bw
p = t
28.4 k
235 235
= = = 0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p = 5mm = 3.261
28.4 0.9244 4
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:
215
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
inf 850mm
= = 1 bc = bt = = 425mm
sup 2
= 1 k = 23.9
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
c 880mm 2 15mm
= = 170
t 5mm
bw
p = t
28.4 k
235 235
= = = 0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p = 5mm = 1.325
28.4 0.9244 23.9
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
bw 850mm
beff = bc = beff = 0.692 = 294.1mm
1 1 ( 1)
be1 = 0.4 beff be1 = 0.4 294.1mm = 117.64mm
b = 0.6 294.1mm = 176.46mm
be 2 = 0.6 beff e2
216
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
yG =
(220 15) 432.5 + (117.64 5) 366.18 (220 15) 432.5 (601.46 5)124.27 =
220 15 + 117.64 5 + 601.46 5 + 220 15
158330.095
= = 15.53mm
10195.5
-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:
15 3 220 117.64 3 5
Iy = + 220 15 448.03 2 + + 117.64 5 381.712 +
12 12
3 3
601.46 5 15 220
+ + 601.46 5 107.74 2 + + 220 15 416.97 2 =
12 12
= 748854356.6 + 699380072.5 = 1448234429mm 4
220 3 15 53 117.64
Iz = + 220 15 0 2 + + 117.64 5 0 2 +
12 12
3
5 601.46 2 220 3 15
+ + 601.46 5 0 + + 220 15 0 2 = 26627490.63mm 4
12 12
Iy 1448234429mm 4
Wel , y = = = 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Iz 26627490.63mm 4
Wel , z = = = 242068.10mm 3
y max 110mm
217
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
Aeff * f y
y =
N cr , y
218
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 1448234429mm 4
N cr , y = = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37kN
l fy (5620mm)
Aeff f y 7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.15
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.15 0.2 ) + 0.15 2 ] = 0.503
1 1
y = = = 1.017
2 2
y + y y 0.503 + 0.5032 0.15 2 y =1
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:
= 0.49
219
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
N cr , z = = = 1747336.905 N = 1747.34kN
l fz (5620mm )
Aeff f y 7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
z = = = 1.109
N cr , z 1747336.905 N
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.109 0.2) + 1.109 2 ] = 1.338
1 1
z = = = 0.479
2 2 2 2
z + z z 1.338 + 1.338 1.109 z = 0.479
z 1
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
0kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = =0
1274kNm
220
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0kNm
= = 0 C1 = 1.77
1274kNm
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y = 1448234429mm 4
I z (h t f )
2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h=880mm
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.77
L Iz E Iz (5620mm )2
49.808 1011 mm 6 (5620mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
+ = 1.77 1747336.905 N 459.185mm =
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 1420163158 Nmm = 1420.163kNm
Iy 1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y = = = 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Weff , y f y 3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
LT = = = 0.785
M cr 1420163158 Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 880mm
= =4>2
b 220mm
221
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.76
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5[1 + 0.76 (0.785 0.2 ) + 0.785 ] = 1.030
1 1
LT = = = 0.589 1
LT + LT LT 1.030 + 1.030 0.785
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:
y
k yy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
222
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
y =1 (previously calculated)
N Ed = 328kN
E Iy
N cr , y = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N = 1
y = =
N Ed 328000 N
1 y 1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
Weff , y f y
0 =
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
223
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
A 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G It +
I0 Lcr ,T
I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y = 1490580416.67 mm 4
224
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N 328000 N 328000 N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
= 0.20 1.77 4
1 1 =
N cr , z cr ,TF 1747336.905 N 2634739.14 N
= 0.244
Therefore:
y a LT
0 = 0.810 Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.244 Cmz = Cmz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF
a LT
CmLT = Cmy 2
1
N
0 = 0.810 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.244
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF
N cr , z N cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y = Weff , y = 3179229.533mm 3
M y , Ed Aeff 1274 10 6 Nmm 7815.2mm 2
y = = = 9.55
N Ed Weff , y 328000 N 3179229.533mm 3
It 514614.75mm 4
a LT = 1 = 1 = 0.9996 1
Iy 1448234429mm 4
225
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
N cr , y
Where:
E Iy
N cr , y = = 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)
l fy
328000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33) = 0.79
95035371.44 N
y a LT 9.55 1
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 ) = 0.79 + (1 0.79 ) = 0.949
1 + y a LT 1 + 9.55 1
2 aLT
CmLT = Cmy 1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
1
CmLT = 0.949 2 = 1.068
328000 N 328000 N
1 1
1747336.905 N 2634739.14 N
y 1
k yy = Cmy CmLT = 0.949 1.068 = 1.0161
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
y
k yz = C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
N Ed 328000 N
C mz = C mz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.7677
N cr , z 1747336.905 N
y 1
k yz = C mz = 0.7677 = 0.945
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 1747336.905 N
z
k zy = C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 1747336.905 N
z = = = 0.893
N Ed 328000 N
1 z 1 0.479
N cr , z 1747336.905 N
226
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z 0.893
k zy = Cmy CmLT = 0.949 1.068 = 0.908
N 328000 N
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
z 0.893
k zz = C mz = 0.7677 = 0.844
N 328000 N
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1747336.905 N
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k yy + k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k zy + k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk = f y Ai
227
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
228
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
229
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
230
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
231
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
232
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
233
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.34.2.12Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y 1
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z 0.48
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.15
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 2.50
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.81
bending moment over the Y axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 2.23
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.61
bending moment over the Z axis
12.34.3Calculated results
234
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.35 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged
on base and restrained on top for the X, Y translation and Z rotation (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 29)
12.35.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The column is an I symmetric shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm web thickness; 10.7mm flange
thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force and 50kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 10kNm
bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied to the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.35.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed for all translations and free for all rotations, at
its base, and on the top end, the translations over the X and Y axes and the rotation over the Z axis are not permitted.
In the middle of the column there is a restraint over the Y axis, therefore the bucking length for the XY plane is equal
to half of the column length. The column is subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending
moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after the Y axis
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
235
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
236
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Restraint of translation over the Y axis at half (z=2.81)
Support at start point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation
along Z axis,
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm
237
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 N 1 0.328
= 1 + Ed = 1 + = 0.85 > 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.2386 0.0071
238
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
235 235
= = = 0.924
fy 275
c 260mm 2 10.7 mm
= = 33.61 c 396 396 0.924
t 7.1mm = 33.6 = = 36.41 therefore the beam
t 13 1 13 0.85 1
= 0.924
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
150 7.1
c c
= 2 = 6.68 = 6.68 9 0.924 = 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 10.7 t
= 0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
239
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
A * fy
y =
N cr , y
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 57943291.64mm 4
N cr , y = = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN
l fy (5620mm)
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.5956
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.5956 0.2 ) + 0.5956 2 ] = 0.7446
1 1
y = = = 0.839
2 2
y + y y 0.7446 + 0.7446 2 0.5956 2 y = 0.839
y 1
240
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
241
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.923 0.2) + 0.9232 ] = 1.103
1 1
z = 2 2
=
2 2
= 0.586
z + z z 1.103 + 1.103 0.923 z = 0.586
z 1
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
M y ,botom 25kN
= = = 0.5 C1 = 1.31
M y ,top 25kN
242
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
I z (h t f )
2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h = 260mm
tf flange thickness; t f = 10.7 mm
E Iz I w L G It 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.31
L Iz E Iz (2810mm )2
93627638290mm6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
+ = 1.31 1581706.51N 152.20mm =
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
= 315363380.74 Nmm = 315.36kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
LT = = = 0.661
M cr 315363380.74 Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
243
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 260mm
= = 1.733 2
b 150mm
LT = 0.49
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.661 0.2) + 0.661 ] = 0.831
1 1
LT = = = 0.749 1
LT + LT LT 0.831 + 0.831 0.661
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters, such as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
244
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = =0
637 kNm
= 0 C1 = 1.77
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
I z (h t f )
2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h = 260mm
tf flange thickness; t f = 10.7 mm
245
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz I w L G It 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.77
L Iz E Iz (2810mm )2
93627638290mm6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
+ = 1.77 1581706.51N 152.20mm =
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
= 426102243.6 Nmm = 426.10kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
LT = = = 0.569
M cr 426102243.6 Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 260mm
= = 1.733 2
b 150mm
LT = 0.49
[ ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.569 0.2 ) + 0.569 ] = 0.752
1 1
LT = = = 0.804 1
LT + LT LT 0.752 + 0.752 0.569
246
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will
be calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
a) for the top part of the column:
y `1
k yy = Cmy CmLT
N Ed C yy
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
N Ed = 328kN
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
y = = = 0.985
N Ed 328000 N
1 y 1 0.839
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
247
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
W pl , y f y
0 =
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3
W y = 501177.18mm
E Iz I w L G It 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1
L Iz E Iz (2810mm )2
93517065421.88mm6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97 mm 4
2
+ = 1 1581706.51N 152.20mm =
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
= 240735730.8 Nmm = 240.73kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 0.757
M cr 240735730.8 Nmm
248
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G It +
I0 Lcr ,T
Lcr ,T = 2.81m
N Ed = 328000 N
N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 2806625.68 N
E Iz
N cr , z = = 1581706.51N = 31581.71kN (previously calculated)
l fz
C1=1 for the top part of the column
For the top part of the column:
N N 328000 N 328000 N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
= 0.20 1 1 1581706.51N 1 2806625.68 N =
4
N cr , z N cr ,TF
= 0.183
249
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y aLT
0 = 0.757 Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.183 Cmz = Cmz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF aLT
CmLT = Cmy 2
1
N
0 = 0.757 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.183
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF N N
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
It 149294.97 mm 4
aLT = 1 =1 = 0.997 1
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
250
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed = 328000 N
328000 N
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 0.36 0.33 = 0.780
3802327.95 N
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.780 + (1 0.780 ) = 0.904
1 + y aLT 1 + 1.677 1
Equivalent uniform moment factor, CmLT , calculation
Equivalent uniform moment factor, CmLT , calculation
- CmLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
2 a LT
CmLT = Cmy 1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,T
- the C my term used for CmLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column
part)
y a LT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y a LT
N Ed 238000 N
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33) = 0.900
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
M y ,Ed Aeff 50 106 Nmm 4904.06mm 2
y = = = 1.677 (previously calculated)
N Ed Weff , y 328000 N 445717.63mm3
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.900 + (1 0.900) = 0.956
1 + y aLT 1 + 1.677 1
251
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 aLT
CmLT = Cmy =
N N
1
N 1 N
Ed Ed
cr , z cr ,T
0 . 997
= 0.9562 = 1.089 CmLT = 1.089
328000 N 328000 N
1 1
1581706.51N 2806625.68 N
CmLT 1
The C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1, Auxiliary terms:
1.6 1.6 2 W
C yy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 Cmy max
2
Cmy max n pl bLT el , y
2
wy wy
W pl , y
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT = 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd
- bLT must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending on 0 and LT :
0 = C1 LT = 1.31 0.661 = 0.757 (for the top part of the column)
252
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed 2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT = 0.5 aLT 0 = 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
50000000 Nmm 10000000 Nmm
= 0.5 0.997 0.757 2 =
0.749 501177.18mm 275 N / mm 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
3 2
= 0.041
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy = = = 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
N Ed 328000 N
n pl = = = 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
M1 1
1.6 1.6
C yy = 1 + (1.124 1) 2 0.904 0.923 0.904 0.923 0.243 0.041 = 0.993
1.124 1.124
C yy = 0.993
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
= 3
= 0 .889 C yy = 0.993
W pl , y 501177.18mm
Wel , y
C yy
W pl , y
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
Therefore, the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y `1 0.985 1
k yy = Cmy CmLT = 0.904 1.089 = 1.069
N Ed C yy 328000 N 0.993
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
253
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y `1
k yy = Cmy CmLT
N C yy
1 Ed
N cr , y
2 aLT
CmLT = Cmy 1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
- the Cmy term must be calculated corresponding to the bottom part of the column (with = 0) :
N Ed 238000 N
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.780
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
y aLT 0.839 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.780 + (1 0.780 ) = 0.885
1 + y aLT 1 + 0.839 1
2 aLT
CmLT = Cmy =
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
0.997
= 0.8852 = 0.933 CmLT = 1
328000 N 328000 N
1 1
1581706 . 51N 2806625.68 N
CmLT 1
254
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.6
1.6 2 W
C yy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 2
Cmy max 2
Cmy max n pl bLT el , y
wy wy
W pl , y
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT = 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd
-the bLT must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending of 0 and LT :
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 0.757 (for the bottom part of the column)
M cr 240735730.8 Nmm
1 1
LT = = = 0.804 1 (for the bottom part of the column)
LT + LT LT 0.752 + 0.752 0.569
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed 2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT = 0.5 aLT 0 = 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
25000000 Nmm 5000000 Nmm
= 0.5 0.997 0.757 2 =
0.804 501177.18mm 275 N / mm 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
3 2
= 0.0095
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy = = = 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
N Ed 328000 N
n pl = = = 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
M1 1
1.6 1.6
C yy = 1 + (1.124 1) 2 0.904 0.923 0.904 0.923 0.243 0.0095 = 0.997
1.124 1.124
C yy = 0.997
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
= 3
= 0 .889 C yy = 0.997
W pl , y 501177.18mm
W
C yy el , y
W pl , y
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
255
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the bottom part of the column will be:
y `1 0.985 1
k yy = Cmy CmLT = 0.904 1 = 0.977
N C yy 328000 N 0.997
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
y 1 wz
k yz = Cmz 0.6
N C yz wy
1 Ed
N cr , z
-the Cmz ter will be considered for the entire column length (with = 0) :
N Ed 328000 N
Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.765
N cr , z 1581706.51N
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
y = = = 0.985
N Ed 328000 N
1 y 1 0 .839
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
(previously calculated)
E Iz
N cr , z = = 1581706.51N (previously calculated)
l fz
2
C 2
max
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14 mz
5 n pl cLT
w z
2
0 M y , Ed
cLT = 10 aLT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
5+ z
It 149294.97 mm 4
aLT = 1 =1 = 0.997 (previously calculated)
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 0.757 (previously calculated)
M cr 240735730.8 Nmm
A fy 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
z = = = 0.923 (previously calculated)
N cr , z 1581706.51N
M y , Ed = 50000 Nm
W pl , z 123381.96mm 3
wz = = = 1.536 1.5
w z = 1 .5
3
Wel , z 80344.89mm
w z 1.5
256
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy = = = 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
- the Cmy term will be considered separately for each column part:
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.900 + (1 0.900 ) = 0.956 (previously calculated)
1 + y aLT 1 + 1.677 1
1 1
LT = = = 0.749 1 (previously calculated)
LT + LT LT 0.831 + 0.831 0.661
N Ed
n pl = = 0.243 (previously calculated)
N Rk
M1
- Therefore:
2
2
Cmz max
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT =
wz
0.7652 0.9232
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 14 5
0.243 0.506 = 0.878
1.5
y 1 wz 0.985 1 1. 5
k yz = Cmz 0.6 = 0.765 0.6 = 0.750
N C yz wy 328000 N 0.878 1.124
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
257
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y aLT 0.839 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.780 + (1 0.780 ) = 0.885 (previously calculated)
1 + y aLT 1 + 0.839 1
1 1
LT = = = 0.804 1 (previously calculated)
LT + LT LT 0.752 + 0.752 0.569
N Ed
n pl = = 0.243 (previously calculated)
N Rk
M1
-Therefore:
2
2
Cmz max
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14 n pl cLT =
wz5
0.7652 0.9232
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 14 5
0.243 0.254 = 1.0043
1.5
y 1 wz 0.985 1 1.5
k yz = Cmz 0.6 = 0.765 0.6 = 0.656
N Ed C yz wy 328000 N 1.0043 1.124
1 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
258
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z 1 wz
k zy = Cmy CmLT 0.6
N C zy wy
1 Ed
N cr , y
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
z = = = 0.902
N Ed 328000 N
1 z 1 0.586
N cr , z 1581706.51N
2
Cmy max
2
wy Wel , y
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT 0.6
wy wz W pl , y
M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm
-in order to calculate the d LT term, the terms Cmy and Cmz must be recalculated for each column part;
-the term Cmz must be recalculated for the top column part only, using = 0.5 :
N Ed
Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33) =
N cr , z
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33) = 0.908
1581706.51N
0 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed
d LT = 2 aLT =
4
Cmy LT M pl , y ,Rd Cmz M pl , z ,Rd
0.1 + z
0.757 50000000 Nmm 10000000 Nmm
= 2 0.997 4
=
0.1 + 0.923 0.956 0.749 137823724.5 Nmm 0.908 33930039 Nmm
= 0.301
259
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
max
2
C my
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT =
wy
0.904 1.847
2 2
= 1 + (1.124 1) 2 14
0 .243 0. 301 = 0. 859
1.1245 C zy = 0.859
wy Wel , y 1.5 445717.63mm 3
0 .6 = 0.6 = 0.616
wz W pl , y 1.124 501177.18mm 3
wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6
wz W pl , y
- for the calculation of the C zy term, Cmy will be used for the entire column and d LT will be used for the top column part:
z 1 wy 0.902 1 1.124
k zy = Cmy CmLT 0 .6 = 0.904 1.089 0 .6 = 0.588
N C zy wz 328000 N 0.859 1 .5
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
z 1 wz
k zy = Cmy CmLT 0.6
N Ed C zy wy
1
N cr , y
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
z = = = 0.902
N Ed 328000 N
1 z 1 0.586
N cr , z 1581706.51N
2
max
2
C my wy Wel , y
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT 0.6
w w W pl , y
y
z
M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm
- in order to calculate the d LT term, the terms Cmy and Cmz must be recalculated for each column part;
- the term Cmz must be recalculated for the top column part only, using = 0 :
N Ed 328000 N
Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.765
N cr , z 1581706.51N
260
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed
d LT = 2 a LT =
4
Cmy LT M pl , y ,Rd Cmz M pl , z ,Rd
0.1 + z
0.757 25000000 Nmm 5000000 Nmm
= 2 0.997 4
=
0.1 + 0.923 0.885 0.804 137823724.5 Nmm 0.765 33930039 Nmm
= 0.090
2
C 2
my max
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT =
wy
2 2
0.885 0.923
= 1 + (1.124 1) 2 14
0 . 243 0. 090 = 0. 892
1.1245 C zy = 0.892
wy Wel , y 1.124 445717.63mm3
0.6 = 0.6 = 0.462
wz W pl , y 1.5 501177.18mm 3
wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6
wz W pl , y
- for the calculation of the C zy term, Cmy will be used for the entire column and d LT will be used for the top column part:
z 1 wy 0.902 1 1.124
k zy = Cmy CmLT 0.6 = 0.904 1.089 0.6 = 0.566
N C zy wz 328000 N 0.892 1.5
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
z 1
k zz = Cmz
N C zz
1 Ed
N cr , z
1.6 1.6 W
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 2
Cmz max 2
Cmz max n pl eLT el , z
wz wz W pl , z
M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm
- in calculating the eLT , the Cmy term must be used accordingly with the corresponding column part
0 M y ,Ed
eLT = 1.7 a LT =
4 Cmy lt M pl , y ,Rd
0.1 + z
0.757 50000000 Nmm
= 1.7 0.997 = 0.787
0.1 + 0.923 0.956 0.749 501177.18mm 3 275 N / mm 2
4
261
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
- for the calculation of the C zz term, C mz will be used for the entire column and eLT will be used for the top column part:
1.6 1.6 2
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 2
Cmz max 2
Cmz max eLT n pl =
wz wz
1.6 1.6 2
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 2
0.765 1.847 0.765 1.847 0.787 0.243 = 1.013
2
1 .5 1 .5
C zz = 1.013
Wel , z 80344.89mm3
= = 0.651
W pl , z 123381.96mm3
Wel , z
C zz
W pl , z
z 1 0.902 1
k zz = Cmz = 0.765 = 0.860
N C zz 328000 N 1.013
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
z 1
k zz = Cmz
N Ed C zz
1
N cr , z
1.6 1.6 W
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 2
Cmz max 2
Cmz max n pl eLT el , z
wz wz W pl , z
M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm
- in calculating the eLT , the Cmy term must be used according to the corresponding column part
0 M y , Ed
eLT = 1.7 aLT =
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
0.1 + z
0.757 25000000 Nmm
= 1.7 0.997 = 0.396
0.1 + 0.923 0.885 0.804 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
4
- for the calculation of the C zz term, C mz will be used for the entire column and eLT will be used for the top column part:
1.6 1.6 2
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 2
Cmz max 2
Cmz max eLT n pl =
wz wz
1.6 1.6
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 0.7652 0.923 0.7652 0.9232 0.396 0.243 = 1.060
1.5 1.5
C zz = 1.060
Wel , z 80344.89mm 3
= 3
= 0.651
W pl , z 123381.96mm
Wel , z
C zz
W pl , z
262
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z 1 0.902 1
k zz = Cmz = 0.765 = 0.821
N C zz 328000 N 1.060
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k yy + k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k zy + k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk = f y Ai
263
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
264
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
265
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
266
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
267
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
268
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
269
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
270
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
271
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
272
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.35.2.10Reference results
a) for the top part of the column:
y 0.839
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z 0.586
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression 0.29
effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending 0.52
moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending 0.21
moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression 0.41
effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending 0.27
moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending 0.25
moment over the Z axis
C1 Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support 1.77
conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 315.36
273
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y 0.839
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.586
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
k yy Internal factor, k yy 0.977
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.29
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.22
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.97
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.42
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.13
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.12
bending moment over the Z axis
C1 Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; 1.77
support conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 426.10
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
12.35.3Calculated results
274
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.36 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to
bending and axial efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15)
12.36.1Description
Verifies a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and axial efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.36.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending and axial efforts.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its height and a punctual axial load applied on
the top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
275
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area:A = 9490 mm ,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 = 1.0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 5.0: Fz = - 500 000 N,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 5 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
276
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.36.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance (Mpl,Rd) have to be compared with the design
values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while the design plastic moment resistance is verified considering the criterion (6.12) from chapter 6.2.5
(EN 1993-1-1).
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
277
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).
c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to bending
and compression). It is also necessary to determine which portion of the web is compressed (). is determined
considering the stresses distribution on the web.
132 MPa
= = 0.832 > 0.5
1 26.63MPa
c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm
= = = 25
t t 10mm
235
= = 1.0
fy
Therefore:
c 396
= 25 = 40.34
t 13 1
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
278
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A f y 9490mm 2 235MPa
N c , Rd = = = 2230150 N
M0 1.0
The verification of the design resistance for uniform compression is done with relationship (6.9) from EN 1993-1-1.
The corresponding work ratio is:
N Ed F 500000 N
Work ratio = 100 = z 100 = 100 = 22.42%
N c , Rd N c , Rd 2230150 N
W pl , y f y 956000mm 3 235MPa
M c , Rd = M pl , Rd = = = 224660000 Nmm
M0 1.0
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
L 5000mm
q L 5 N / mm 5000mm
M Ed 2 100 = 2
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 27.82%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 224660000 Nmm
279
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
280
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Work ratio Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 27.82 %
12.36.3Calculated results
281
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.37 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 44)
12.37.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.37.2Background
Determines the elastic critical moment (Mcr) and factors (C1, C2, LT) involved in the torsional buckling verification for
a simply supported steel beam. The beam is made of S235 steel and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (50
000 N/ml) applied over its length and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities (loads are applied to
the upper fibre). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
282
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 260 mm,
Flange width: b = 150 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 10.7 mm,
Web thickness: tw = 7.1 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 5188 mm ,
4
Flexion inertia moment about the z axis: Iz = 6025866.46 mm ,
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It = 149294.97 mm ,
6
Warping constant: Iw = 93517065421.88 mm ,
Plastic modulus about the y axis: Wy = 501177.18 mm3
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 = 1.0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa;
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load over its length: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml
Bending moment at x=0: My,1 = 142 x 106 Nmm
Bending moment at x=5: My,2 = - 113.6 x 106 Nmm,
Internal: None.
283
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.37.2.2 Reference results for calculating the elastic critical moment of the cross section
In order to determine the elastic critical moment of the cross section (Mcr), factors C1 and C2 have to be calculated.
They are determined considering the method provided at chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1. C1 and C2
coefficients are depending on the bending moment diagram along the member segment between lateral restraints.
The simply supported beam has the following bending moment diagram (the values are in Newton x meter):
For a beam subjected to uniformly distributed load and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities, the
moments distribution is defined considering two parameters:
Ratio between the moments at extremities:
113600 Nm
= = 0.8
142000 Nm
Ratio between the moment given by uniformly distributed load and the biggest bending moment from
extremity:
q L2 50 N / mm (5000mm )
2
= = = 1.1
8 M 8 142 10 6 Nmm
Its value is positive as both loadings are deforming the beam about the same fibre (chapter 3.4 from French
Annex of EN 1993-1-1).
In order to determine C1 and C2 parameters, factors , , a, b, c, A, B, d1, e1, r1, , m, C10, d2, e2, r2 need to be
calculated considering the analytical relationships provided in chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1:
B B2 4 A
C10 = r1 = 0.5363
2 A
d 2 = 0.425 + + 0.675 = 2.065
e2 = 0.65 0.35 = 0.37
284
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
C1 = m C10 = 1.074
C 2 = 0.398 r2 C10 = 0.235
The load being applied at the top fibre it tends to accentuate the lateral torsional buckling, so it will reduce the value
of elastic critical moment. In this case, the distance from the shear centre to the point of load application (zg) will be
positive:
z g = +130mm
The French Annex of EN 1993-1-1 provides the analytical relationship used to determine the value of the elastic
critical moment:
2 E Iz I L2 G I t
+ (C 2 z g ) C 2 z g = 91.71772 10 6 Nmm
2
M cr = C1 w + 2
L2 I z E I z
12.37.2.3 Reference results for calculating the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling
The calculation of the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (LT) is done using the formula (6.56) from chapter
6.3.2.2 (EN 1993-1-1).
Before determining the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (LT), the following terms should be determined:
LT , imperfection factor LT, LT.
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 235 N / mm 2
LT = = = 1.133
M cr 91.71772 10 6 Nmm
In order to determine the imperfection factor LT, the buckling curve must be chosen. According to table 6.4
from EN 1993-1-1, for welded I-sections which have the ratio h / b 2, the recommended lateral torsional
buckling curve is c. In this case, table 6.3 from EN 1993-1-1 recommends the value for imperfection factor
LT:
LT = 0.49
The value used to determine the reduction factor LT, LT, becomes:
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT 2 = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.133 0.2 ) + 1.133 2 ] = 1.370
The reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling is calculated using the formula (6.56) from EN 1993-1-1:
1 1
LT = = = 0.467 1.0
2 2
LT + LT LT 1.37 + 1.37 2 1.133 2
285
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
C1 parameter
C2 parameter
286
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.37.3Calculated results
287
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.38 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression verification of
an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1)
12.38.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
On top, the column is subjected to a 100 kN force applied gravitationally, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.38.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. On top, the column is subjected to a 100kN force applied
gravitationally, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
288
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
To determine the web class, we use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
289
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
=1
Therefore:
290
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276
t 10.7 mm
=1
Therefore:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276 9 * = 9 this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
t 10.7 mm
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 2 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 2.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
291
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A* fy
For Class 1, 2 or 3 cross-section N c , Rd =
M0
Where:
A section area A=53.81cm2
Fy nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa
292
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.38.3Calculated results
293
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.39 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and shear verification of an
IPE300 beam subjected to linear uniform loading (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 2)
12.39.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally.
The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is neglected.
12.39.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The beam is subjected to a
50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally. The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is
neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
294
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and rotation restrained on X
axis
Inner: None.
To determine the web class it will be used the Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.
295
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
296
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276
t 10.7 mm
= 0.92
297
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276 9 * = 9 * 0.92 = 8.28 this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
t 10.7mm
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the beam section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
fy
Av *
V pl , Rd = 3
M0
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)
Where:
Av: section shear area for rolled profiles Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f
A: cross-section area A=53.81cm2
b: overall breadth b=150mm
h: overall depth h=300mm
hw: depth of the web hw=248.6mm
r: root radius r=15mm
tf: flange thickness tf=10.7mm
tw: web thickness tw=7.1mm
fy 275
Av * 25.68 * 104 *
V pl , Rd = 3 = 3 = 0.4077 MN = 407.7kN
M0 1
298
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
For more:
Verification of the shear buckling resistance for webs without stiffeners:
hw
72 *
tw
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(7)
M1 1
= 1.20 * = 1.20 * = 1.20
M0 1
235 235
= = = 0.92
fy 275
hw 248.6 1.20
= = 35.01 72 * = 72 * = 93.91
tw 7.1 0.92
There is no need for shear buckling resistance verification
According to: EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004 Chapter 5.1(2)
299
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.39.3Calculated results
300
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.40 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined axial force with
bending moment verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5)
12.40.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
The column is subjected to a 500 kN compressive force applied on top and a 5 kN/m uniform linear load applied on
all the length of the column, on the web direction, both defined as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.40.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. The column is subjected to a 500kN compressive force
applied on top and a 5kN/m uniform linear load applied for all the length of the column, on the web direction, both
defined as live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
301
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
302
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
N Ed 0.500
= 2 1 = 2 1 = 0.21 > 1
A f y 0.005381 235
1 N 1 0.5
= 1 + Ed = 1 + = 1.10 > 0.5
2 f y t d 2 235 0.2486 0.0071
303
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
42 42 * 1
= = 69.92
0.67 + 0.33 0.67 + 0.33 * (0.21)
Therefore:
c 42
= 35.014 = 69.92
t 0.67 + 0.33
This means that the column web is Class 3.
Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.
304
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
In absence of shear force, for Class 3 cross-sections the maximum longitudinal stress shall satisfy the criterion:
305
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.40.3Calculated results
306
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.41 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending
verification of an IPE300 beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6)
12.41.1Description
Classification and verification on combined bending of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection
with translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis.
The beam is subjected to a -10 kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis,
and a 10kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam on the Y axis.
Both forces are considered as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.41.2Background
Classification and verification on combined bending of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The
beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection with
translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis. The beam is subjected to a -10kN/m
uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis, and a 10kN/m uniform linear force
applied along the beam on the Y axis. Both forces are considered live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
307
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation and rotation along Y, Z axis and rotation
blocked along X axis.
Inner: None.
Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
308
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
309
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
According to Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
310
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
This means that the beam left top flanges are Class 1.
Overall the beam top flange cross-section class is Class 1.
In the same way will be determined that the beam bottom flange cross-section class is also Class 1
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
=2
= max(n;1)
N Ed 0
n= = = 0 therefore = 1
N pl , Rd N pl , Rd
Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:
M pl , y , Rd * (1 n)
M Ny , Rd = but M Ny , Rd M ply , Rd
1 0.5 * a
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)
N Ed 0
n= = =0
N pl , Rd N pl , Rd
311
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:
M pl , z , Rd * (1 n)
M Nz , Rd = but M Nz , Rd M plz , Rd
1 0.5 * a
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)
312
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.41.3Calculated results
313
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.42 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow
section column made of S235 steel (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14)
12.42.1Description
Verifies the design resistance for bending of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French annex.
12.42.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending efforts. Verification
of the design resistance for bending at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100
and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is fixed at its base and it is subjected to a
punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (50 000 N). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
314
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 = 1.0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 50 000 N,
Internal: None.
315
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.42.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
316
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).
c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to
bending):
c
= 25 72 = 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
317
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
W pl , y f y 956000mm 3 235MPa
M c , Rd = = = 224660000 Nmm
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
L 5000mm
V 50000 N
M Ed 2 100 = 2
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 55.64%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 224660000 Nmm
318
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.42.3Calculated results
319
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.43 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam
made from different steel materials (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45)
12.43.1Description
The shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S275 steel is compared with the shear resistance of the
same built-up beam made of a user-defined steel material.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.43.2Background
Verifies the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined steel. The
beam is simply supported and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (20 000 N/ml) applied over its length. The
dead load will be neglected.
Also verifies the shear resistance of the same welded built-up beam made of S275 steel. The loading and support
conditions are the same.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
320
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Flange width: b = 150 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 10.7 mm,
Web thickness: tw = 7.1 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 5188 mm ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 = 1.0 .
Materials properties
500 MPa yield strength user-defined material and S275 steel are used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 500 MPa,
Yield strength (for S275 steel) fy = 275 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -20 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
12.43.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to shear, the criterion (6.18) from chapter 6.2.6 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be
used:
VEd
1.0
V pl , Rd
VEd represents the design value of the shear force:
q L 20000 N / ml 5000mm
VEd = = = 50000 N
2 2
Vpl,Rd represents the design plastic shear resistance. The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001. Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be
determined.
321
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Shear area of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
According to chapter 5.1 from EN 1993-1-5, because the steel grade used for beam is higher than S460, the factor
for shear area () may be conservatively taken equal 1.0.
For a welded I sections, the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from EN 1993-1-1. As the load is
parallel to web, the shear area is:
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:
f y 500 MPa
Av 1978.06mm 2
V pl , Rd = 3 = 3 = 571016.7 N
M0 1.0
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 1993-
1-1:
VEd 50000 N
= = 0.0876 1.0
V pl , Rd 571016.7 N
The corresponding work ratio is:
VEd 50000 N
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 8.76%
V pl , Rd 571016.7 N
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of S275 steel
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:
f y 275MPa
Av 2373.67mm 2
V pl , Rd = 3 = 3 = 376870.7 N
M0 1.0
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 1993-
1-1:
VEd 50000 N
= = 0.133 1.0
V pl , Rd 376870.7 N
The corresponding work ratio is:
VEd 50000 N
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 13.27%
V pl , Rd 376870.7 N
322
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material)
Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of S275 steel)
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500 MPa) 8.76 %
12.43.3Calculated results
323
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.44 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and bending moment
verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4)
12.44.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.44.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
324
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
The Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
325
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
326
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
327
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
wpl * f y
M c , Rd = for Class1 cross sections
M0
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.5(2)
Where:
w pl = 628.40cm 3
fy nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa
328
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.44.3Calculated results
329
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.45 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column
subjected to bending and axial load (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8)
12.45.1Description
Verifies the classification and the resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and
axial force. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.45.2Background
Classification and verification of an IPE 600 column, made of S235 steel, subjected to bending and axial force. The
column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is loaded by a compression force (1 000 000 N), applied
at its top, and a uniformly distributed load (50 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 600 mm,
Flange width: b = 220 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 19 mm,
Column length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 15600 mm ,
Plastic section modulus about the strong y-y axis: W pl , y = 3512000mm 3 ,
330
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at Z = 5.0: N = FZ = -1 000 000 N,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 50 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
331
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.45.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (MN,Rd) have to be
compared with the design values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while for bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be satisfied.
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
A fy 15600mm 2 235MPa
N c , Rd = = = 3666000 N
M0 1.0
In order to verify the design resistance for uniform compression, the criterion (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be satisfied:
N Ed N 1000000 N
= = = 0.273 1.0 27.3% 100%
N c , Rd N c , Rd 3666000 N
332
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
W pl , y f y 3512000mm 3 235MPa
M pl , y , Rd = = = 825320000 Nmm
M0 1.0
Ratio of design normal force to design plastic resistance to normal force of the gross cross-section:
N 1000000 N
n= = = 0.273
N pl , Rd 3666000 N
Ratio of web area to gross area:
A 2bt f 15600mm 2 2 220mm 19mm
a= = = 0.464
A 15600mm 2
Design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force is determined according to expression (6.36)
from EN 1993-1-1:
1 n
M N , y , Rd = M pl , y , Rd but M N , y , Rd M pl , y , Rd
1 0 .5 a
1 0.273
M N , y , Rd = 825320000 Nmm = 781259948 Nmm 825320000 Nmm
1 0.5 0.464
The column subjected to bending and axial force is verified with criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1:
M y , Ed M z , Ed
+ 1.0
M M
N , y , Rd N , z , Rd
Because the column doesnt have bending moment about z axis, the second term from criterion (6.41)
M y , Ed 2
is neglected. The verification becomes: = q L / 2 1.0
M M
N , y , Rd N , y , Rd
q L2 / 2 50 N / mm (5000mm )2 / 2
= = 0.799 1.0 79.9% < 100%
M 781259948 Nmm
N , y , Rd
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
333
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
334
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.45.3Calculated results
335
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.46 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance
of a welded built-up column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9)
12.46.1Description
Verifies the cross-section classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up column made of S355
steel. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.46.2Background
Classification and verification of a welded built-up column made of S355 steel. The column is fixed at its base and
free on the top. It is loaded by a compression force (100 000 N), applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 630 mm,
Flange width: b = 500 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 18 mm,
336
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at Z = 5.0: N = FZ = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
337
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.
The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2:
c (500mm 8mm) / 2
= = 13.67
t 18mm
235
= = 0.81
fy
Therefore:
c
= 13.67 > 14 = 11.34
t
338
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
This means that the top column flange is Class 4. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.
The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1:
c 630mm 18mm 2
= = 74.25
t 8mm
235
= = 0.81
fy
Therefore:
c
= 74.25 > 42 = 34.02
t
This means that the column web is Class 4.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 4 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.
12.46.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying to both parts in
compression (flanges and web).
The following parameters have to be determined, for each part in compression, in order to calculate the reduction
factor: the buckling factor, the stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio() - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flanges. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
339
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Taking into account that the stress distribution on flanges is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
2
= = 1.0 k = 0.43
1
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio() - for web
Table 4.1 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
web. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the stress distribution on web is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
2
= = 1.0 k = 4.0
1
p =
c/t
=
((500mm 8mm ) / 2) / 18mm = 0.906
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p =
b/t
=
(630mm 2 18mm ) / 8mm = 1.614
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 4.0
p 0.188
= 1.0
2p
The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:
beff , f = c = 0.875
(500mm 8mm ) = 215.25mm
2
The reduction factor () for web
The reduction factor for web is determined with relationship (4.2) from EN 1993-1-5. Because p > 0.673, the
reduction factor has the following formula:
340
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
p 0.055 (3 + )
= 1.0
2p
The effective width of the web can now be calculated:
Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:
Work ratio
N 100000 N
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 1.54%
N c , Rd 6506582 N
341
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.46.3Calculated results
342
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.47 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a
welded built-up beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10)
12.47.1Description
Verifies the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.47.2Background
Classification and bending resistance verification of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The beam is simply
supported and it is loaded by a uniformly distributed load (15 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 630 mm,
Flange width: b = 500 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 18 mm,
Web thickness: tw = 8 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 22752 mm ,
343
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -15 000 N/ml,
Internal: None.
344
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class of the
compressed flange (top flange). The picture below shows an extract from this table.
The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2 (above extract):
c (500mm 8mm) / 2
= = 13.67
t 18mm
235
= = 0.8136
fy
Therefore:
c
= 13.67 > 14 = 11.39
t
345
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
This means that the top flange is Class 4. Because the bottom flange is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table. The web part is subjected to bending stresses.
The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (above extract):
c 630mm 18mm 2
= = 74.25
t 8mm
235
= = 0.8136
fy
Therefore:
c
= 74.25 124 = 100.89
t
This means that the beam web is Class 3.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the beam section have Class 4 for top flange, Class 3 for web and Class 1 for
bottom flange; therefore the class section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 4.
12.47.2.3 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
The design resistance for bending for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.15) from EN 1993-1-
1:2001.
Before verifying this formula, it is necessary to determine the effective section modulus of the cross-section.
The effective section modulus of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying only to
parts in compression (top flange in this case).
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor, the
stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio() - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flange. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
346
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Taking into account that the stress distribution on the top flange is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
2
= = 1.0 k = 0.43
1
p =
c/t
=
((500mm 8mm ) / 2) / 18mm = 0.902
28.4 k 28.4 0.8136 0.43
p 0.188
= 1.0
2p
The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:
beff , f = c = 0.8776
(500mm 8mm) = 215.89mm
2
Effective section modulus
The effective section modulus is determined considering the following cross-section:
Top flange width: beff,t = beff,f + tw + beff,f = 439.78 mm;
Top flange thickness: tf = 18 mm;
Web and bottom flange have the same dimensions as the original section.
347
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Work ratio
15 N / mm (5000mm ) / 8
2
M q L2 / 8
Work ratio = 100 = 100 = 100 = 2.54%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 1847559483 Nmm
12.47.3Calculated results
348
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.48 NTC 2008 - Italy: Stability check for steel column hinged base
12.48.1Description
Verification of a steel column with a point load applied on the top and a linear load applied along the linear element,
the column is made of S235 material and is hinged on the bottom extremity and restrained in translation on x, y axis
and restrained in rotation on z axis.
12.48.2Background
Units
Metric
Geometry
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Area: A = 31.40 cm
Inertia: I = 1033.00 cm4
349
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
E = 210000 MPa
S235
Boundary conditions
Hinged at end x = 0,
Restrained in translation X,Y at the top (x = 5.00 m) and restrained in rotation along Z.
Loading
Point load on the top of the column, linear load on the left of the column and self-weight.
350
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The result for My is considered in the middle point of the column, so the work ratio will be 0.551 + 0.350 = 0.90 = 90%
351
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
SMy Work ratio of the bending moment for the stability check calculated 0.350
in the middle
Work ratio Stability work ratio 0.900
12.48.3Calculated results
352
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.49.1Description
Compares the buckling resistance of a compresed column with the value from a CTICM example.
12.49.2Background
Compares the buckling resistance of a compressed column with the value from a CTICM example.
353
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=6m
Cross section area: A = 28.48cm
Overall breadth: b = 100mm
Flange thickness: t f = 8.5mm
Root radius: r = 12mm
Web thickness: t w = 5.6mm
Depth of the web: hw = 159mm
Plastic modulus after the Y axis, W pl , y = 220.60cm 6
Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z = 44.61cm 6
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=1943 cm4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=142.4 cm
4 4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=6.98x10 mm
Working inertial moment: Iw=12990x106cm6
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Hinged support at start point (x = 0m) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 6m) restrained in translation along X and Y axis and restrained rotation
around Z axis.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load on column top : FZ =-176kN
354
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
235
= =1
fy
Compressed flange:
(b t w 2r ) / 2
= 4.1 < 9 = 9
tf
Flange is Class 1.
Web:
(h 2t f 2r ) / 2
= 28.4 < 33 = 33
tw
Web is Class 1.
Section class is Class 1. Plastic characteristics are to be used.
12.49.2.4 Slenderness
Strong axis:
i y = 8.26cm
y = 72.6
y
y = = 0.773
93.9
Weak axis:
iz = 2.24cm
z = 156.25
z = z = 1.664
93.9
12.49.2.5 Buckling curves
Strong axis: Curve a ( = 0.21)
Weak axis: Curve b ( = 0.34)
355
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.49.1Calculated results
356
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.50 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-2 - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a purlin for a 15min
duration
12.50.1Description
Verifies bending resistance of a purlin for 15min duration according to Eurocode 3 - part 2 - French standards (EN
1993-1-2).
12.50.2Background
Simple Bending Design for in fire condition
Verifies the adequacy of an IPE220 purlin made from S235 to resist simple bending for a 15min duration.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Beam length: L=10000mm
357
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Plane workplane
Support at start point (x = 0) : hinged support
Support at the end point (x = 10) : hinged support
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
SLS Frequent combination of actions:
N ser , fr = G + 0.2Q = 135 + 150 = 1.095 kN / ml
358
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.50.2.3 k y , coefficient
k y , = 0.2276
M0
M fi , ,Rd = k y , M Rd
M , fi
M 0 w pl f y
M fi , , Rd = k y ,
M , fi M0
1 285.4 10 6 235
M fi , , Rd = 0.2276
1 1
M fi , , Rd = 15.26kN .m
ql 1.095 10
M y , fi ,Ed = = = 13.69kN .m
8 8
12.50.2.6 Work ratio
M y , fi , Ed 13.69
= = 89.71%
M fi , , Rd 15.26
359
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.50.1Calculated results
360
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.51 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on
base and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28)
12.51.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm center thickness; 10.7mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN compression axial force, 10 kNm bending moment over the X axis and 50 kNm
bending moment over the Y axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.51.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after
the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
361
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
362
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained inrotation
along Z axis,
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm
363
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
inf 45.30Mpa
= = = 0.253 > 1
sup 179.06Mpa
364
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
238.6 45.3
x= = 48.175
x y x+ y 238.6 224.36
= = =
45.30 179.06 45.30 + 179.06 224.36 238.6 179.06
y= = 190.73
224.36
x 190.73
= = = 0.80 > 0.5
238.6 238.6
365
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
235 235
= = = 0.924
fy 275
c 260mm 2 10.7 mm
= = 33.61 c 396 396 0.924
t 7.1mm = 33.6 = = 38.93 therefore the beam
t 13 1 13 0.8 1
= 0.924
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
150 7.1
c c
= 2 = 6.68 = 6.68 9 0.924 = 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 10.7 t
= 0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
366
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y = 2
1 (6.49)
2
y + y y
A * fy
y =
N cr , y
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 57943291.64mm 4
N cr , y = = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN
l fy (5620mm)
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.5956
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.5956 0.2 ) + 0.5956 2 ] = 0.7446
1 1
y = = = 0.839
2 2 2 2
y + y y 0.7446 + 0.7446 0.5956 y = 0.839
y 1
367
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z = 2 2
1 (6.49)
z + z z
368
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
N cr , z = = = 395426.63 N = 395.43kN
l fz (5620mm )
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
z = = = 1.847
N cr , z 395426.63 N
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.847 0.2 ) + 1.847 2 ] = 2.609
1 1
z = 2 2
=
2
= 0.225
2
z + z z 2.609 + 2.609 1.847 z = 0.225
z 1
E Iz I L G It
M cr = C1 w+
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
M y ,botom 0
= = = 0 C1 = 1.77
M y ,top 50
369
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
I z (h t f )2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h = 260mm
tf flange thickness; t f = 10.7 mm
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1.77
L Iz E Iz (5620mm )2
93627638290mm 6 (5620mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97 mm 4
2
+ = 1.77 395426.63N 214.58mm =
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
= 150184702.1Nmm = 15018kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
LT = = = 0.958
M cr 150184702.1Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT = 1 (6.56)
LT + LT LT
[
LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT ]
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 260mm
= = 1.733 2
b 150mm
370
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.49
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.958 0.2 ) + 0.958 ] = 1.145
1 1
LT = = = 0.564 1
LT + LT LT 1.145 + 1.145 0.958
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
y `1
k yy = Cmy CmLT
N Ed C yy
1
N cr , y
371
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
N Ed = 328kN
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
y = = = 0.985
N Ed 328000 N
1 y 1 0.839
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
W pl , y f y
0 =
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
372
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
W y = 501177.18mm3
E Iz I w L G I t 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr = C1 + = 1
L Iz E Iz (5620mm)2
93517065421.88mm 6 (5620mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97 mm 4
2
+ = 1 395426.63N 214.58mm =
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
= 84850646.27 Nmm = 84.85kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 1.274
M cr 84850646.27 Nmm
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T = G It +
I0 Lcr ,T
Lcr ,T = 5.62m
N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 1395246.607 N
E Iz 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
N cr , z = = = 395426.63 N = 395.43kN (previously calculated)
l fz (5620mm)
C1=1 for the top part of the column
373
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N 328000 N 328000 N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.20 1 4
1 1 =
N 395426.63 N 1395246.607 N
N cr , z cr ,TF
= 0.120
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y aLT
0 = 1.274 Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed = 0.120 Cmz = Cmz , 0
N
N cr , z cr ,TF aLT
CmLT = Cmy 2
1
N N N N
0 = 1.274 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed = 0.120 1 Ed 1 Ed
N N cr , z cr ,TF N N
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )
1 + y aLT
M y , Ed Aeff
y =
N Ed Weff , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y = Weff , y = 445717.63mm3
It 149294.97 mm 4
aLT = 1 =1 = 0.997 1
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
374
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
N Ed = 328000 N
328000 N
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 0.36 0.33 = 0.780
3802327.95 N
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.780 + (1 0.780 ) = 0.904
1 + y aLT 1 + 1.677 1
Equivalent uniform moment factor, CmLT , calculation
2 aLT
CmLT = Cmy =
N N
1
N 1 N
Ed Ed
cr , z cr ,T
2 0.997
= 0.904 = 2.256 CmLT = 2.256
328000 N 328000 N
1 1
395426.63 N 1395246.607 N
CmLT 1
375
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.6
1.6 2 W
C yy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 Cmy max
2
Cmy max n pl bLT el , y
2
wy wy
W pl , y
2 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed 2 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed
bLT = 0.5 aLT 0 = 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y ,Rd M pl , z ,Rd LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
50000000 Nmm 10000000 Nmm
= 0.5 0.997 1.274 2 =
0.564 501177.18mm 275 N / mm 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
3 2
= 0.1534
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy = = = 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
N Ed 328000 N
n pl = = = 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
M1 1
1.6 1.6
C yy = 1 + (1.124 1) 2 0.904 1.847 0.904 1.847 0.243 0.1534 = 0.857
1.124 1.124
376
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
C yy = 0.857
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
= 3
= 0. 889 C yy = 0.889
W pl , y 501177.18mm
W
C yy el , y
W pl , y
E Iy
N cr , y = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y `1 0.985 1
k yy = Cmy CmLT = 0.904 2.256 = 2.47
N Ed C yy 328000 N 0.889
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
y 1 wz
k yz = Cmz 0.6
N Ed C yz wy
1
N cr , z
N Ed 328000 N
Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33) = 0.691
N cr , z 395426.63 N
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
y = = = 0.985
N Ed 328000 N
1 y 1 0.839
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
(previously calculated)
E Iz
N cr , z = = 395426.63 N = 395.43kN (previously calculated)
l fz
2
Cmz max
2
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT
wz
2
0 M y , Ed
cLT = 10 aLT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
5+ z
It 149294.97 mm 4
aLT = 1 =1 = 0.997 (previously calculated)
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0 = = = 1.274 (previously calculated)
M cr 84850646.27 Nmm
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
z = = = 1.847 (previously calculated)
N cr , z 395426.63 N
377
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M y , Ed = 50000 Nm
y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 ) = 0.904 (previously calculated)
1 + y aLT
1 1
LT = = = 0.564 1 (previously calculated)
LT + LT LT 1.145 + 1.145 0.958
N Ed
n pl = = 0.243 (previously calculated)
N Rk
M1
2
Cmz max
2
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT =
wz
0.6912 1.847 2
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 14 5
0.243 0.691 = 0.532
1.5
y 1 wz 0.985 1 1.5
k yz = Cmz 0.6 = 0.691 0.6 = 5.20
N C yz wy 328000 N 0.532 1.124
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 395426.63 N
378
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z 1 wz
k zy = Cmy CmLT 0.6
N C zy wy
1 Ed
N cr , y
N Ed 328000 N
1 1
N cr , z 395426.63 N
z = = = 0.210
N Ed 328000 N
1 z 1 0.225
N cr , z 395426.63 N
2
C 2
my max wy Wel , y
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT 0.6
wy wz W pl , y
M pl , z , Rd = Wz f z = 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm2 = 33930039 Nmm
0 M y , Ed M z , Ed
d LT = 2 aLT =
4 Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd Cmz M pl , z , Rd
0.1 + z
1.274 50000000 Nmm 10000000 Nmm
= 2 0.997 4
=
0.1 + 1.847 0.904 0.564 137823724.5 Nmm 0.691 33930039 Nmm
= 0.771
2
C 2
my max
Czy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT =
wy
0.9042 1.847 2
= 1 + (1.124 1) 2 14 0.243 0.771 = 0.310
1.1245
wy Wel , y 1.124 445717.63mm3
0.6 = 0.6 = 0.462
wz W pl , y 1.5 501177.18mm3
wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6
wz W pl , y
C zy = 0.310 C zy = 0.462
wy Wel , y
0 .6 = 0.462
wz W pl , y
CmLT = 2.256 (previously calculated)
z 1 wy 0.210 1 1.124
k zy = Cmy CmLT 0.6 = 0.904 2.256 0.6 = 0.529
N C zy wz 328000 N 0.462 1.5
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
379
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z 1
k zz = Cmz
N C zz
1 Ed
N cr , z
1.6 1.6 W
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 2
Cmz max 2
Cmz max n pl eLT el , z
wz wz W pl , z
0 M y , Ed
eLT = 1.7 aLT =
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
0.1 + z
1.274 50000000 Nmm
= 1.7 0.997 = 0.131
0.1 + 1.847 0.904 0.564 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
4
1.6 1.6 2
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 2
Cmz max 2
Cmz max n pl eLT =
wz wz
1.6 1.6
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 0.6912 1.847 0.6912 1.847 2 0.243 0.131 = 0.926
1.5 1.5
z 1 0.210 1
k zz = Cmz = 0.691 = 0.919
N C zz 328000 N 0. 926
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 395426.63 N
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k yy + k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed + M y , Rd M + M z , Rd
+ k zy + k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y , Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk = f y Ai
380
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
381
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
382
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
383
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
384
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
385
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
386
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
387
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
388
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
389
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.51.2.10Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y 0.839
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.225
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
k yy Internal factor, k yy 2.47
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.29
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.59
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.53
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.08
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.34
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.27
bending moment over the Z axis
C1 Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section 1.77
properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 150.18
Work ratio Stability work ratio (bending and axial compression verification) [%] 341 %
12.51.3Calculated results
390
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.52 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section
beam subjected to biaxial bending (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16)
12.52.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to biaxial bending.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.52.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel to resist bi-axial bending efforts. The
name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is
simply supported and it is subjected to uniformly distributed loads over its length. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
391
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis, and restrained in rotation
about the X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q1 = Fz = -10 000 N/ml
Uniformly distributed load: q2 = Fy = 10 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
392
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.52.2.2 Reference results for calculating the beam subjected to bi-axial bending
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be used.
Before verifying this criterion, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
393
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Taking into account that the entire cross-section is subjected to bending stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to bending).
c
= 25 72 = 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1. As the dimensions for top/bottom wing are smaller than the left/right
web, they will be also classified as Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
394
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A 2bt
aw = 0.5 a w = 0.5
A
Determination of af for hollow section:
A 2 ht
af = 0.5 a f = 0.3678
A
Determination of aw for hollow section:
A 2bt
aw = 0.5 a w = 0.5
A
Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about y-y axis) reduced due to the axial force, MN,y,Rd:
M pl , y , Rd (1 n )
M N , y , Rd = M pl , y , Rd
(1 0.5 aw )
In order to fulfill the above relationship MN,y,Rd must be equal to Mpl,y,Rd.
W pl , y f y 956000mm 3 235MPa
M N , y , Rd = M pl , y , Rd = = = 22466 10 4 Nmm
M0 1.0
Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about z-z axis) reduced due to the axial force, MN,z,Rd:
M pl , z , Rd (1 n )
M N , z , Rd = M pl , z , Rd
(1 0.5 a ) f
W pl , z f y 721000mm 3 235MPa
M N , z , Rd = M pl , z , Rd = = = 16943.5 10 4 Nmm
M0 1.0
395
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.66 1.66
3125 10 4 Nmm 3125 10 4 Nmm
4
+ 4
= 0.0378 + 0.0604 = 0.098 1.0
22466 10 Nmm 16943.5 10 Nmm
0.098
100 = 9.8%
Work ratio = 1.0
M y , Ed 3125 10 4 Nmm
= = 0.139 1.0
M pl , y , Rd 22466 10 4 Nmm
0.139
100 = 13.9%
Work ratio = 1.0
M z , Ed 3125 10 4 Nmm
= = 0.1844 1.0
M pl , z , Rd 16943.5 10 4 Nmm
0.1844
100 = 18.44%
Work ratio = 1.0
As this work ratio is bigger than the others, we can consider it as reference.
396
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.52.3Calculated results
397
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.53.1Description
Class section classification and compression verification of an IPE300 column
12.53.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. On top, the column is subjected to a 100kN force applied
gravitationally, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
398
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
To determine the web class, we use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from CSN EN 1993-1-1 Chapter 5.5.2
399
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
=1
Therefore:
400
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276
t 10.7 mm
=1
Therefore:
c 56.45mm
= = 5.276 9 * = 9 this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
t 10.7 mm
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 2 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 2.
According to: CSN EN 1993-1-1 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
401
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A* fy
For Class 1, 2 or 3 cross-section N c , Rd =
M0
Where:
A section area A=53.81cm2
Fy nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa
402
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.53.3Calculated results
403
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.54.1Description
Deflection check on simply supported beam made of steel S355, the cross section used is HEA140, the span of the
beam is 6.00 meter, the verification is made according to NTC 2008
12.54.2Background
Units
Metric
Geometry
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Area: A = 31.42 cm
Inertia: I = 1033.00 cm4
Materials properties
E = 210000 MPa
S355
Boundary conditions
Hinge at end x = 0,
Hinge at end x = 6.00 m.
Loading
Uniformly distributed force of q = -10.00 kN/m on beam AB.
404
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.54.3Calculated results
405
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.55 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Deflection and Strength for a W-Shape Continuously
Braced Flexural Member in Strong-Axis Bending (LRFD)
12.55.1Description
Verifies the available flexural strength of a W18x50 in ASTM A992 simple supported beam with a span of 35 ft. The
deflection is limited to a ratio of L/360. The nominal loads are a uniform dead load of 0.45 kip/ft and a uniform live
load of 0.75 kip/ft. The beam is continuously braced. (LRFD)
12.55.2Background
Verifies the deflections, the deflection constraints, the bending moment and it related resistance to a simply
supported W18x50. The primary objective of this test is to validate the resistance of member exposed to uniformly
distributed load which would cause bending moments in the beam. With this the deflection will be verified against a
max deflection criterion.
406
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.55.2.2 Calculation
Deflection Calculations:
Required Moment of Inertia for the Live-Load Deflection Criteria of L/360
35(12 )
= = = 1.17
360 360
3
5 4 5(0.750 )(35.0 )4 (12 )
() = = = 746 4
384 384(29,000 )(1.17 )
Or for W18x50 where Ix = 800.04 in4
3
5 4 5(0.750 )(35.0 )4 (12 )
= = = 1.09
384 384(29,000 )(800.04 4 )
35(12 )
= = =
1.0915 384.80
Moment Calculations:
The required flexural strength must surpass:
1.74 (35 )2
= = 266
8
407
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
From the AISC Manual Table 1-1 for a W18x50 Zx=101 in3
Calculating the Nominal Flexural Strength, Mn
= =
= 50 1013 = 5050 = 421
Finally, the available flexural strength is
= 0.90 421 = 379
Work Ratio is therefore
266
100% = 100% = 70%
379
12.55.3Calculated results
408
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.56 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr on a beam with intermediate
restraints
12.56.1Description
The test verifies the critical bending moment Mcr of a IPE220 beam made of S235 steel.
It ensures Advance Design uses the intermediate restraint definition from the upper flange when the beam is subject
to forces acting downwards.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
12.56.2Background
Critical bending moment verification for a restrained IPE220 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of S235
steel. The beam is simply supported.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Beam length: 5m
2
Cross section area: A=3337mm
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2772x104mm4
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2049x10 mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
409
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Hinged support at start point (x = 0)
Hinged support at the end point (z = 5.00)
Elastic support at start point (x = 0) : KRY = 45 kN.m/.
Elastic support at end point (x = 5) : KRY = 45 kN.m/.
Inner: None.
Intermediate restraints
The boundary conditions are described below:
Top flange: intermediate restraints at x = 1.25m, x = 2.5m, x = 3.75m
Bottom flange: intermediate restraint at x = 2. 5m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = -20 000 N,
Internal: None.
410
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 E I z k z I w (k z L )2 G I t + (C z )2 C z
M cr = C1 + (1)
(k z L )2 k w I z E IZ
2 2 g 2 g
according to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 2
Where:
E is the Youngs module: E=210000N/mm2
G is the share modulus: G=80770N/mm2
Iz is the inertia of bending about the minor axis Z: Iz=2049 x104mm4
It is the torsional inertia: It=90700mm4
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment): Iw=2.267x1010mm6
L is the distance between intermediate restraints on the compressed flange (in this case : top flange) : L =
1.25m
kz and kw are buckling coefficients
zg is the distance between the point of load application and the share center (which coincide with the center of
gravity)
C1 and C2 are coefficients depending on the load variation over the beam length
C1 = 1.114
If the bending moment is linear along the bar, if there are no transversal loads or if the transverse load is applied to
the center, then C2xxg=0 and the Mcr formula become:
E Iz I w L G I t
M cr = C1 +
L Iz E Iz
411
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.56.3Calculated results
412
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.57 EC3 / CSN EN1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Bended beam without stability failure
12.57.1Description
Classification and verification on bending of simply supported IPE240 beam made of S235 steel.
Considered loading consists of dead load and snow load. Self weigth is also considered.
Test verifies finite element results for deflections and design forces and steel design results for work ratios in shear
and bending and allowable deflections.
12.57.2Background
Verification of simple supported steel profile
Verifies the simple supported roof beam designed of IPE240 profile without stability failure. During this test is verified
bearing capacity for ultimate limit state and deflections for serviceability limit state.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 240 mm,
Width: b = 120 mm,
Length: L = 7200 mm,
2
Section area: A = 3912 mm ,
Bending moment of inertia around y-axis: Iy = 38.97*106 mm4,
2
Reduced cross-section: Avz = 1914,0 mm ,
IPE 2
Weight: g = 30.7 kg/m ,
413
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Steel: S235
Material coefficient: M0 = 1.15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) , hinged connection,
Support at end point (x = 7.20) restrained in translation along Y and Z, in rotation around X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Ultimate Limit State:
NULS = 1.2*(g + gIPE) + 1.4*s = 1.2*(2.2 + 0.307) + 1.4*4.80 = 9.73 kN/m
Serviceability Limit State:
IPE
NSLS = 1.0*(G + G ) + 1.0*S = 1.0*(2.2 + 0.307) + 1.0*4.80 = 7.31 kN/m
Web
d 194.0 235
= = 31.29 < 72 = 72 = 72.0
tw 6.2 fy
According to: CSN EN1993-1-1 Chapter 5.6, Table 5.2 (Sheet 1)
Flange
cf 60.0
= = 6.1 < 10 = 10.0 Table 5.2 (sheet 2)
tf 9.8
235
= = 1.0
414
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
415
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
416
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.57.3Calculated results
417
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.58 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example G.1 W-shape in strong axis shear (LRFD)
12.58.1Description
Determines the available shear strength and adequacy of a W24x62 ASTM A992 beam using the AISC Manual with
end shears of 48 kips from dead load and 145 kips from live load. Obtains the available shear strength, which is
determined by the tabulated values of the AISC Manual.
12.58.2Background
Determines the shear applied to the cross-section, its resistance to shear and finally the work ratio due to shear alone.
The objective of this test is to check the calculation of steel resistance due to shearing forces.
418
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.58.2.2 Results
Combination used for this example is (ULS), Vu: 1.2 + 1.6
1.2 (48 ) + 1.6 (145 )
57.6 + 232
289.6
G2.1 Members with Unstiffened or Stiffened webs is applicable to webs for the shear strength for singly or doubly
symmetric members and channels subject to shear in the plane of the web
The nominal shear strength, Vn, of unstiffened or stiffened webs according to the, limit states of shear yield and shear
buckling, is
= 0.6
21.06
2.24 29,000 50
0.43
48.98 53.95
Where v = 1 and Cv = 1 and
= = 23.7 0.430 = 10.2 2
Therefore,
= 0.6 50 10.2 2 1.0 = 306
And finally
= 1.0 306
Work Ratio
289.6
100% = 100% = 94.65%
306
419
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.58.3Calculated results
420
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.59 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P374 Hollow
Sections Example 3)
12.59.1Description
The 250x150x16 RHS in S355 beam is fully restrained, loading including a UDL and mid-span point load. These are
the steel design results for example 3 from P374 from the SCI.
12.59.2Background
The 250x150x16 RHS beam in S355 steel is fully restrained laterally along its length.
The design aspects covered in this example are:
Calculation of design values of actions for ULS and SLS
Cross section classification
Cross-sectional resistance:
Shear buckling
Shear
Bending moment
Resistance of web to transverse forces
Vertical deflection of beam at SLS.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 250.0 mm
Width: b = 150.0 mm
Wall thickness: t = 16.0 mm
Second moment of area about the y-axis: Iy = 8880 cm4
Radius of gyration about the y-axis iy = 8.79 cm
Radius of gyration about the z-axis iz = 5.80 cm
Plastic modulus about the y-axis Wpl,y = 906 cm3
Cross sectional area: A = 115 cm2
421
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
For buildings that will be built in the UK the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given the lowest nominal value
should be used.
Materials properties
For S355 steel and t 16 mm:
2
Yield strength: fy = ReH = 355 N/mm
Loading
Permanent actions
Uniformly distributed load: 1 = 3
Concentrated load: 2 = 40
Variable actions
Uniformly distributed load: 1 = 3
Concentrated load: 2 = 50
The variable actions given above are not due to storage and are not independent of each other.
There are no other variable actions to be considered.
, , + ,1 1 + , 0, (6.10b)
Here Qi is not required as the variable actions are not independent of each other and expression 6.10b gives the
more onerous value. The design values are:
Combination of uniformly distributed loads:
,1 = 1 + 1 = (0.925 1.35 3) + (1.35 3) = 8.2 kN/m
12.59.2.2 Design bending moments and shear forces at ultimate limit state
Span of beam L = 5000 mm
Maximum value of the design bending moment occurs at the mid-span:
,1 2 ,2 8.2 52 125 5
= + = + = 182.0
8 4 8 4
Maximum design value of shear occurs at the supports:
422
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
,1 ,2 8.2 5 125
= + = + = 83.0
2 2 2 2
Design value of shear force at the mid-span:
,1 8.2 5
, = VEd = 83 = 62.5
2 2
The design shear force and bending moment diagrams are shown in Figure 3.2.
Figure 3.2
235 235
= = = 0.81
355
423
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Shear buckling
The shear buckling resistance for webs should be verified according to Section 5 of BS EN 1993-1-5 if:
72
=
= 1.0 (conservative)
= 2 = 250 2 16 = 218 mm
218
= = 13.6
16
72 72 0.81
= = 58.3
1.0
13.6 < 58.3
Therefore the shear buckling resistance of the web does not need to be verified.
Shear resistance
Verify that:
1.0
,
Resistance to bending
Verify that:
1.0
,
At the point of maximum bending moment (mid-span) check whether the shear force will reduce the bending
resistance of the section.
, 1473
= = 736.5
2 2
, = 62.5 < 736.5
Therefore no reduction in bending resistance due to shear is required.
The design resistance for bending for Class 1 and 2 cross sections is:
, 906 103 355
, = , = = 106 = 322 kNm
0 1.0
424
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
182
= = 0.57 < 1.0
, 322
12.59.3Calculated results
425
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.60 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Pin-ended column (from P374 Hollow Sections Example 2)
12.60.1Description
The pin-ended 200x200x6.3 SHS in S355 column is subject to compression. These are the steel design results for
example 2 from P374 from the SCI.
12.60.2Background
A pin-ended, hot finished 200x200x6.3 SHS column in S355 steel is subjected to compression.
The design aspects covered in this example are:
Cross section classification
Cross-sectional resistance to axial compression
Flexural buckling resistance.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 200 mm
Width: b = 200 mm
Wall thickness: t = 6.3 mm
Radius of gyration: i = 7.89 cm
2
Cross sectional area: A = 48.40 cm
426
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
2
Yield strength fy = ReH = 355 N/mm
For buildings that will be built in the UK the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given the lowest nominal value
should be used.
235 235
= = = 0.81
2 355
26.73 < 28.75 < 30.78, therefore the internal compression parts are Class 2.
As b = h only one check is required; therefore the cross section is Class 2.
Compression resistance
Verify that = 1.0 ,
,
4840 355
, = 103 = 1718
1.0
920
= = 0.54 < 1.0
, 1718
427
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
is the reduction factor for the relevant buckling mode and is determined from:
1
=
+ 2
but 1.0
Where: = 0.51 + 0.2 + 2
For hot finished SHS in S355 steel, use buckling curve a
For buckling curve a the imperfection factor = 0.21
For flexural buckling the slenderness is determined from:
1
= = (For Class 1, 2 and 3 cross sections)
1
Therefore, = 0.67
0.67 4840 355
= = 103 = 1151
1 1.0
920
= = 0.80 < 1.0
, 1151
428
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.60.3Calculated results
429
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.61 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Laterally unrestrained beam (from P374 Hollow Sections
Example 4)
12.61.1Description
The 250x150x16 RHS in S355 beam is fully restrained, loading including a UDL and mid-span point load. These are
the steel design results for example 3 from P374 from the SCI.
12.61.2Background
The 250x150x16 RHS in S355 beam is fully restrained, loading including a UDL and mid-span point load. These are
the steel design results for example 3 from P374 from the SCI.
The design aspect covered in this example is:
Lateral torsional buckling
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 250.0 mm
Width: b = 150.0 mm
Wall thickness: t = 16.0 mm
Second moment of area about the y-axis: Iy = 8880 cm4
Second moment of area about the z-axis: Iz = 3870 cm4
Plastic modulus about the y-axis Wpl,y = 906 cm3
St Venant torsional constant: IT = 8870 cm2
For buildings that will be built in the UK the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given the lowest nominal value
should be used.
Materials properties
For S355 steel and t 16 mm:
Yield strength: fy = ReH = 355 N/mm2
430
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 2 ()2 2
= 1 2
+ + 2 2
() 2
where:
is the member length between points of lateral restraint
is the distance between the shear centre and the point of application of the transverse loading
and are effective length factors
1 & 2 are coefficients which depend on the shape of the bending moment and the end restraint conditions
= 1.0 (unless advised otherwise)
= 1.0 (for simply supported members).
()2
For RHS the effects of warping are negligible compared with the effects of torsion , so may be neglected
2
when determining .
Also, the effect of applying of the actions above or below the shear centre of the section may be neglected for RHS
sections (i.e. take = 0).
Therefore, the terms and 2 may be removed from the expression and the following simplified expression
used for RHS sections:
2 ()2
= 1 2
()2
431
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Since < ,0 (0.24 < 0.4) the lateral torsional buckling effects are neglected and only cross-sectional verifications
apply.
Since the cross-sectional verifications are satisfied in Example 3, the 250 X 150 X 16 RHS in S355 steel is adequate
to be unrestrained between the supports shown in Figure 4.1.
12.61.3Calculated results
432
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.62 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam
12.62.1Description
The test verifies the lateral-torsional buckling of a simply supported IPE300 beam made of S235 steel.
The calculations are made according Italian standard NTC 2008.
12.62.2Background
Lateral-torsional buckling verification for an unrestrained IPE300 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of
S235 steel. The beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a uniform vertical load (10 000 N) applied
constantly on the entire length. The dead load will be neglected.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L = 5000 mm
Cross section area: A = 5310 mm2
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy = 8356.00x104 mm
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz = 603.80x104 mm
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It = 20.12x104 mm
6
Warping inertial moment: Iw = 12.59x1010 mm
433
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fyk = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G = 80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at start point (x = 5m) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation along X
axis
Loadings
The linear load applied along the beam is equal to 10 kN/m
434
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
435
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
MEd is the designed value moment
Mb,Rd is the design buckling moment resistance
The design buckling moment resistance against lateral-torsional buckling is calculated with the formula 4.2.50 from
NTC 2008:
Where:
Wy is the resistance module, which is equal to plastic module Wpl,y for section in class 1 and 2, or equal to Wel,y for
section in class 3 and it could be taken as Weff,y for section in class 4.
LT is the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling defined below
fyk is the steel yield strength
M1 is the safety coefficient taken from table 4.2.V below for elements stability
Where:
436
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The coefficient LT represents the imperfection factor according the indications in the Table 4.2.VII from Chapter
4.2.4.1.3 from NTC 2008.
Where the coefficient kc depends on the load distribution according Table 4.2.VII from NTC 2008
The dimensional slenderness coefficient LT is given by the formula 4.2.52 from NTC 2008.
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr is calculated as follows:
The transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:
E Iz I w L G It
M cr = C1 +
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1; Chapter 2
437
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1 ; Chapter 3
2 210000 603.80 104
= 1.77 2
(5000 )2
12.59 1010 6 (5000)2 80800 4
2 20.12 10
4
+
603.80 104 4
2 210000 603.80 104 4
2
= 1.77 500578.44 230.92 = 204607478 = 204.60
Note:
The formula 4.2.52 defines the slenderness LT
The distribution coefficient f is calculated as follows, where the coefficients kc = 0.94 from the table 4.2.VIII and LT =
0.849
2
f = 1 0.5 x (1 0.94) x [1 2.0 x (0.849 - 0.8) ] = 0.971
So the factor is defined as follows:
LT = 0.5 x [1 + 0.34 x (0.849 0.2) + 1 x 0.8492] = 0.970
1 1
LT = = 0.715 < 1
0.971 0.970+0.9702 0.8492
The design buckling moment resistance is calculated according the formula 4.2.50 in NTC 2008:
235
, = 0.71 628400 1.05 = 99.85 > = 46.88
438
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.62.3Calculated results
439
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.63.1Description
Verifies the classification and the compression resistance for an UPE240 vertical beam made of steel S235.
12.63.2Background
Verification of compressed steel profile
Verifies the steel centrically compressed vertical beam made of UPE240, steel S235. The beam is supported by
hinges at both extremities and blocked to swerve perpendicularly to local z-axis of the profile at all quarters of its
length.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 240 mm,
Width: b = 90 mm,
Length: L = 7200 mm,
440
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Radius of inertia around z-axis: = = 28.4 ,
Materials properties
Steel: S235, fy = 235 N/mm2
Material coefficient: M0 = M1 = 1.15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z,
Support at end point (Z = 7.20) hinged connection,
Inner:
Support at each quarter of beam length (Z = 1.80, 3.60, 5.40), restrained to translate along Y
Loading
The beam is subjected only to axial force:
Load combinations:
Ultimate Limit State:
NEd = 1*g = 500.0 kN
Web
d 185.0
= = 26.43 < 72 = 72.0
tw 7
According to: CSN EN1993-1-1 Chapter 5.6, Table 5.2 (Sheet 1)
Flange
cf 68.0
= = 5.44 < 10 = 10.0
tf 12.5
235
= = 1.0
441
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Buckling lengths
Ly = L = 7200 mm,
Lz = L/4 = 1800 mm
Slenderness
1800
= = = 63.4
28.4
7200
= = = 74.5
96.7
y >z => to consider y, corresponding to buckling curve "C"
According to: CSN EN1993-1-1 Chapter 6.3.1.2(2), Table 6.2
Buckling coefficient
1 7200 1
= = = = 0.7934
1 96.7 93.9
1 = 93.9* = 93.9
235
= =1
For buckling curve "C" and = 0.7934 the corresponding value is = 0.67
According to: CSN EN1993-1-1 Chapter 6.3.1.2(3), Picture 6.4
442
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.63.3Calculated results
443
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.64 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical bending moment on a IPE200 beam with
complex loading
12.64.1Description
Verifies critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling on a IPE200 beam subject to linear loading and end moments
according to EN 1993-1-1 (French standards).
12.64.2Background
Verifies critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling on a IPE200 beam subject to linear loading and end moments
according to EN 1993-1-1 (French standards).
Geometrical properties
Beam length: L=4m
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=142.4 cm4
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=7.02mm
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=13052cm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
444
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Beam is simply supported.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
Linear loads Fz = -9 kN/ml applied on the upper flange.
End moments : My = -30kN.m at x = 0m and My = 6kN.m at x = 4m
M = 30kN .m
6
= = 0.2
30
q = 9kN / m
ql 9 4
= = = 0.6
8M 8 30
445
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.64.2.3 C1 calculation
C1 can be read from the curves given in Figure M.4
12.64.2.4 C2 calculation
C2 can be read from the curves given in Figure M.6
446
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
EI z I w L GI t
+ (C 2 z g ) C 2 z g
2
M cr = C1 +
L I z EI z
C1 = 3.75
C2 = 0.7
z g = +0.1m
Note: the linear applied on the top flange tends to increase the lateral torsional buckling effect on the critical position
(x=0m) => Zg is taken with a positive sign.
E = 210000 MPa
I z = 142.4cm4
I w = 13052cm 6
I t = 7.02cm 4
L = 4m
G = 80800 MPa
Soit :
M cr = 98.kN .m
12.64.1Calculated results
447
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.65 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr of a beam with intermediate
restraints subject to upwards loading
12.65.1Description
The test verifies the critical bending moment Mcr of a IPE220 beam made of S235 steel.
It ensures Advance Design uses the intermediate restraint definition from the bottom flange when the beam is subject
to forces acting upwards.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
12.65.2Background
Critical bending moment verification for a restrained IPE220 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of S235
steel. The beam is simply supported.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Beam length: 5m
2
Cross section area: A=3337mm
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2772x104mm4
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2049x10 mm
448
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Hinged support at start point (x = 0)
Hinged support at the end point (z = 5.00)
Elastic support at start point (x = 0) : KRY = 45 kN.m/.
Elastic support at end point (x = 5) : KRY = 45 kN.m/.
Inner: None.
Intermediate restraints
The boundary conditions are described below:
Top flange: intermediate restraints at x = 1.25m, x = 2.5m, x = 3.75m
Bottom flange: intermediate restraint at x = 2. 5m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = +20 000 N,
Internal: None.
449
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 E I z k z I w (k z L )2 G I t + (C z )2 C z
M cr = C1 +
(k z L )2 k w I z E IZ
2 2 g 2 g
according to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 2
Where:
E is the Youngs module: E=210000N/mm2
G is the share modulus: G=80770N/mm2
Iz is the inertia of bending about the minor axis Z: Iz=2049 x104mm4
It is the torsional inertia: It=90700mm4
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment): Iw=2.267x1010mm6
L is the distance between intermediate restraints on the compressed flange (in this case : top flange) : L =
1.25m
kz and kw are buckling coefficients
zg is the distance between the point of load application and the share center (which coincide with the center of
gravity)
C1 and C2 are coefficients depending on the load variation over the beam length
C1 = 1.4815
If the bending moment is linear along the bar, if there are no transversal loads or if the transverse load is applied to
the center, then C2xxg=0 and the Mcr formula become:
E Iz I w L G I t
M cr = C1 +
L Iz E Iz
450
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.65.3Calculated results
451
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.66.1Description
Example according to "Elikov, Sokol: Ocelov konstrukce - prklady" (example 1.2).
Verifies WR in compression
12.66.2Background
Verification of tensioned steel profile
Verifies the centrically tensioned horizontal steel beam made of L90*8, steel S235. Beam is simply supported.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 90 mm,
Width: b = 90 mm,
Length: L = 2000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 1390 mm ,
Materials properties
Steel: S235, fy = 235 N/mm2
Material coefficient: M0 = 1.15
452
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
Support at end point (Z = 2.00) restrained to translate along Y and Z, restrained to rotate around X,
Inner: none
Loading
The beam is subjected only to normal force:
Load combinations:
Ultimate Limit State:
NEd = 1*g = 251.6 kN
12.66.3Calculated results
453
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.67 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open
Sections Example 2)
12.67.1Description
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre. These are just the steel design results for example 2 from P364 from the SCI.
12.67.2Background
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre. These are just the steel design results for example 2 from P364 from the SCI.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 533.1 mm
Width: b = 209.3 mm
Flange thickness: = 15.6 mm
Root radius: r = 12.7 mm
Depth between flange fillets: d = 476.5 mm
Second moment of area, y-y axis: = 55200 cm4
Plastic modulus, y-y ax: , = 2360 cm4
454
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
For buildings that will be built in the UK, the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given, the lowest nominal
value should be used.
For S275 steel and t 16 mm
Yield strength: = = 275 /2
At the point of maximum bending moment (mid-span) check whether the shear force will reduce the bending
resistance of the section.
, 909
= = 454.5
2 2
Shear force at maximum bending moment , = 62.5
12.67.3Calculated results
455
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.68 NTC 2008 - Italy: Strenght verification of a steel linear hollow section
12.68.1Description
Verifies the strengh of a steel linear hollow section with a point load applied on the top and a linear load applied along
the linear element, the element is fixed on the base
12.68.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending and axial efforts.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design European library. The
column is fixed at its base and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its height and a punctual axial load
applied on the top.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
456
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 9260 mm ,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 921000 mm ,
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 5.0: Fz = - 500 kN,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 5 kN/ml
Internal: None.
457
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.68.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance (Mpl,Rd) have to be compared with the design
values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (4.2.4) from chapter 4.2.4.1.1
(NTC 2008), while the design plastic moment resistance is verified considering the criterion (4.2.12) from chapter
4.2.4.1.2 (NTC 2008).
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Table 4.2.I - from Chapter 4.2.3.1 (NTC 2008), establish the rules to determine the class for compressed parts. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 4.2.I
458
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to bending
and compression). It is also necessary to determine which portion of the web is compressed (). is determined
considering the stresses distribution on the web.
132 MPa
= = 0.832 > 0.5
1 26.63MPa
c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm
= = = 25
t t 10mm
235
= = 1.0
fy
Therefore:
c 396
= 25 = 40.34
t 13 1
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
459
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
460
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Work ratio Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 30.32 %
12.68.3Calculated results
461
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.69 NTC 2008 - Italy: Lateral torsional buckling verification of a steel column
12.69.1Description
Verifies the lateral torsional buckling of a steel column with a point load applied on the top and a bending moment on
y direction and another bending moment on the x direction both applied on the top.
The column is hinged on the base and restrained in traslation on x,y direction and restrained in rotation on x axis.
12.69.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after
the Y axis.
Units
Metric System
462
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at start point (x = 5.62) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation
along Z axis,
463
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328 kN; Mx=10 kNm and My=50 kNm
464
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
inf 45.30Mpa
= = = 0.253 > 1
sup 179.06Mpa
465
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
238.6 45.3
x= = 48.175
x y x+ y 238.6 224.36
= = =
45.30 179.06 45.30 + 179.06 224.36 238.6 179.06
y= = 190.73
224.36
x 190.73
= = = 0.80 > 0.5
238.6 238.6
235 235
= = = 0.924
fy 275
c 260mm 2 10.7 mm
= = 33.61 c 396 396 0.924
t 7.1mm = 33.6 = = 38.93 therefore the beam
t 13 1 13 0 .8 1
= 0.924
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
150 7.1
c 2 c
= = 6.68 = 6.68 9 0.924 = 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 10.7 t
= 0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
466
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to the formula taken from NTC 2008 standard:
1
y = 2
1 (4.2.45)
2
y + y y
467
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
E Iy 210000 N / mm 2 57943291.64mm 4
N cr , y = = = 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN
l fy (5620mm)
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
y = = = 0.5956
N cr , y 3802327.95 N
[ ]
y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.5956 0.2 ) + 0.5956 2 ] = 0.7446
1 1
y = = = 0.839
2 2
y + y y 0.7446 + 0.7446 2 0.5956 2 y = 0.839
y 1
468
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to the formula from NTC 2008 standard:
469
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1
z = 2 2
1 (4.2.45)
z + z z
[ ]
z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.847 0.2) + 1.847 2 ] = 2.609
1 1
z = 2 2
=
2
= 0.225
2
z + z z 2.609 + 2.609 1.847 z = 0.225
z 1
E Iz I w L G It
M cr = C1 +
L Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1; Chapter 2
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1 =
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1 ; Chapter 3
470
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M y ,botom 0
= = = 0 C1 = 1.77
M y ,top 50
I z (h t f )2
Iw =
4
h cross section height; h = 260mm
tf flange thickness; t f = 10.7mm
471
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
NOTE: For the calculation of the elastic moment, I used the formula from the Eurocode 3 and not the formula from the
Circolare Ministeriale n. 917/2009, because of the distribution of the moment along the column.
Knowing the Mcr we can calculate the non-dimensional slenderness for lateral torsional buckling:
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
LT = = = 0.958
M cr 150184702.1Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT according NTC 2008 standard will be determined
with this formula:
Where
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 4.2.VII from NTC 2008 standard:
h 260mm
= = 1.733 2
b 150mm
= 0.49
472
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
[ ( ) ]
LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.958 0.2) + 0.958 ] = 1.145
1 1
LT = = = 0.564 1
LT + LT LT 1.145 + 1.145 0.958
The result is get without consider the effect of the reduction factor (with reduction factor = 0,639
The stability check for section class 1, 2 or 3 is performed checking:
473
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
474
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
475
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
476
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
477
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
478
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Internal factor, k zz
479
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
480
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
481
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
482
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
483
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
484
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
485
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
486
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
487
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
488
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y 0.839
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
z 0.225
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
k yy Internal factor, k yy 2.47
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.297
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.668
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.609
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.13
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.35
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.28
bending moment over the Z axis
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section 1.75
properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 150.17
489
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.69.3Calculated results
490
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.70 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA France: Verifying the stability of an asymmetric I-shape subjected to
axial force and bending moment
12.70.1Description
Verifies the stability of a welded column subjected to compression and bending, made from S355 steel.
Section is an asymmetric I-shape.
The results will be compared with the ones obtained by the CTIM in their training guide EC3/1 Rsistance ultime des
sections from April 2006.
12.70.2Background
Unrestrained welded column subjected to compression and bending, made from S355 steel.
Section is an asymmetric I-shape.
The results will be compared with the ones obtained by the CTIM in their training guide EC3/1 Rsistance ultime des
sections from April 2006.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5m
Cross section area: A = 118cm
Elastic modulus around the y axis, Wel , y ,sup = 3701cm 4 and Wel , y ,inf = 3129cm 4
491
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength fy = 255 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Hinged support at column bottom (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X and Y axis and restrained rotation
around Z axis.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at column top: FZ =-390kN and My=630kN.m
Internal: None.
492
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
CTICM model
The model is presented in the CTICM training guide Stage EC3/1 : Rsistance ultime des sections.
N Ed 0.39
=2 1 = 2 1 = 0.814
A fy 0.0118 355
c (820 2 10 2 6)
= = 131 c
t 6 42
> therefore the beam web is
42 42 0.81 t 0.67 + 0.33
= = 84.5
0.67 + 0.33 0.67 + 0.33 (0.81)
considered to be Class 4
493
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
494
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
= = 1 k = 0.43
1
beff = c
c/t 19.1
p = = = 1.266 > 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p 0.188 1.266 0.188
For p > 0.748 , = = = 0.673 (4.3)
p 1.266
becomes
According to CTICM document:
495
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Web:
2
= = 1 k = 4
1
beff = bw
c/t 131
p = = = 2.847 > 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 4
p 0.188 2.847 0.188
For p > 0.748 , = = = 0.328 (4.3)
p 2.847
beff = bw = 0.328 (800 2 6) = 258mm which means 129mm for top and bottom parts
becomes
496
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bottom flange:
2
= = 1 k = 0.43
1
beff = c
c/t 14.1
p = = = 0.935 > 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p 0.188 0.935 0.188
For p > 0.748 , = = = 0.854 (4.3)
p 0.935
becomes
497
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Total:
Aeff = A (62 10) 2 (21 10) 2 530 6 = 118 (6.2 1.0) 2 (2.1 1.0) 2 53.0 0.6 = 69.60cm
Eccentricity calculation:
becomes
Which means eccentricity: eN = 25mm.
498
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
= = 1 k = 0.43
1
beff = c
c/t 19.1
p = = = 1.266 > 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p 0.188 1.266 0.188
For p > 0.748 , = = = 0.673 (4.3)
p 1.266
becomes
499
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Web:
2 1
= = = 1.19 k = 5.98 (1 + 1.19) = 28.680
1 0.84
beff = bw
c/t 131
p = = = 1.066 > 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 22.68
p 0.055 (3 + ) 1.066 0.055 (3 1.19)
For p > 0.748 , = = = 0.735 (4.3)
p 1.066
500
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
becomes
501
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Bottom flange:
Bottom flange is not compressed.
502
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed M y , Ed + N Ed e Ny M z , Ed + N Ed e Nz
+ + 1
Aeff f y / M 0 Weff , y , min f y / M 0 Wef , z , min f y / M 0
With:
Aeff = 69.60cm
e N = 25mm
N Ed = 390kN
M y , Ed = 630kN .m
503
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore, the work ratio we can expect from Advance Design is:
Indeed:
12.70.3Calculated results
504
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.71 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial
compression and bending moment, both applied on top (ref. Test 31)
12.71.1Description
The test verifies an IPE450 column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to a -1000kN compression effort and a 200kNm bending moment by the Y axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.72 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with
centric compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 32)
12.72.1Description
The test verifies an IPE600 beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to a -3700kN compression force, a -10kN/m linear uniform vertical load and a -5kN/m linear
uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.73 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam,
loaded with centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load
in the middle (ref. Test 36)
12.73.1Description
The test verifies an RHS300x150x9H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 12 kN axial compression force, 7 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 3 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.74 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the
free end (ref. Test 35)
12.74.1Description
The test verifies a C310x30.8 beam made of S355 steel.
The beam is subjected to 3.00 kN compression force, 1.80 kN punctual vertical load applied on the free end of the
beam and 1.2.kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
505
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.75 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with
centric compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 30)
12.75.1Description
The test verifies an IPE 300 beam made of
The beam is subjected to a 20kN compression effort, a -10kN/m uniform linear effort applied vertically and a -5kN/m
linear uniform load applied horizontal.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.76 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section
beam subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 17)
12.76.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.77 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
(ref. Test 39)
12.77.1Description
The test verifies a CHS323.9x6.3H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 50 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 4 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.78 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
(ref. Test 34)
12.78.1Description
The test verifies an C310x30.8 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 12 kN compression force, 8 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 1.5 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
506
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.79 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (ref. Test 42)
12.79.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual negative bending moments applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.80 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 43)
12.80.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.81 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with
centric compression, punctual horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the
top (ref. Test 38)
12.81.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x5H column made of S355 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN punctual horizontal load and 200 kNm bending moment,
all applied to the top.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.82 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam,
loaded with centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual
load in the middle (ref. Test 40)
12.82.1Description
The test verifies a CHS508x8H beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 30 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 7 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
507
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.83 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with
centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z
axis (ref. Test 33)
12.83.1Description
The test verifies an upn300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN compression force, 50 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 5kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.84 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with
centric compression, punctual lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the
column (ref. Test 37)
12.84.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x8.5H column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN horizontal load applied on Y axis direction and 200 kNm
bending moment after the Y axis. All loads are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.85 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section
element subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 18)
12.85.1Description
Verifies a simply supported circular hollow section element made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.86 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 41)
12.86.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load and 2
punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
508
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.87 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Changing the steel design template for a linear element
(TTAD #12491)
12.87.1Description
Selects a different design template for steel linear elements.
12.88 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533)
12.88.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section when the lateral torsional buckling is computed
and when it is not.
12.89 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized
calculation (TTAD #12389)
12.89.1Description
Verifies the program behavior when the "Shape sheet" command is used for elements which were excluded from the
specialized calculation (chords).
12.90.1Description
Generates shape sheets by system, on a model with 2 systems.
12.91 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522)
12.91.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet results report.
The structure is a simple vault consisting of three steel elements (S235 material, IPEA240 cross section) with two
rigid fixed supports. The loads applied on the structure: self weight and a linear live load of -10.00kN on FZ.
509
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.92 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the cross section optimization of a steel element
(TTAD #11516)
12.92.1Description
Verifies the cross section optimization of a steel element, according to Eurocodes 3.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the "Envelopes and shapes
optimization" report.
The steel bar has a IPE360 cross section, a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X. Two loads are applied: a punctual dead load of -1.00 kN on FZ
and a punctual live load of -40.00 kN on FZ.
12.93 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal
beam (TTAD #11545)
12.93.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a horizontal
steel element, verifies the cross section class.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z and rotation restraint on X at the other end. A linear live load of -10.00 kN on FX and
a punctual live load of 1000 kN on FX are applied.
12.94 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550)
12.94.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a vertical
steel element.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support. A vertical live load of -200.00 kN is
applied.
12.95.1Description
Performs the steel calculation for two horizontal bars and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars have cross sections from different catalogues (1016x305x487 UKB and UKB1016x305x487). They are
made of the same material (S275); each is subjected to a -500.00 kN linear horizontal dead load and has two rigid
supports at both ends.
510
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.96 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770)
12.96.1Description
Performs the steel calculation for two vertical bars with different thicknesses and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars are made of the same material (S275 H - EN 10210-1), have rectangular hollow cross sections, but with
different thicknesses (R80*40/4.1 and R80*40/3.9). Each is subjected to a -150.00 kN vertical live load and has a
rigid support.
12.97 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623)
12.97.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation for a steel model with cables (D4) and a static
nonlinear case. Generates the steel analysis report: data and results.
12.98 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA: Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from
Advance Steel Profiles database (TTAD #11873)
12.98.1Description
Verifies the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles database. Performs the finite
elements calculation and the steel elements calculation and generates the steel shapes report.
The structure consists of columns with UKC152x152x37 cross section, beams with UKB254x146x37 cross section
and roof beams with UKB203x133x25 cross section. Dead loads and live loads are applied on the structure.
12.99 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the
roA roB method
12.99.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the roA roB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
511
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.100EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - General: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the
kA kB method
12.100.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method, according to Eurocodes 3.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
12.101CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the
kA kB method
12.101.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the kA kB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
12.102.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel elements calculation. Verifies the buckling coefficient Xy on a
class 2 section and generates the shape sheets report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (I26*0.71+15*1.07 cross section and S275 material) with a rigid hinge
support at the base and a rigid support with translation restraints on X and Y and rotation restraint on Z, at the top. A
punctual live load is applied.
12.103EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Fire verification: verifying the work ratios after
performing an optimization for steel profiles (TTAD #11975)
12.103.1Description
Runs the Steel elements verification and generates the "Envelopes and optimizing profiles" report in order to verify
the work ratios. The verification is performed using the EC3 norm with Romanian annex.
512
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
12.104EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550)
12.104.1Description
Performs the steel calculation and verifies the buckling length results according to Eurocodes 3 - French standards.
The shape sheet report is generated.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (IPE300 cross section, S275 material) with a rigid fixed support at the
base. A punctual live load of 200.00 kN is applied.
513
13 Timber design
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.1 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259)
13.1.1Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a timber linear element, in a model created with a previous version of the
program.
13.2 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD
#12445)
13.2.1Description
Verifies the Afi units display in the timber shape sheet.
13.3 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337)
13.3.1Description
Verifies the timber elements shape sheet.
13.4 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam
13.4.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to shear efforts. The verification of the shear
stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
516
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.5 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression
13.5.1Description
Verifies the stability of a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
13.5.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and
axial compression. The verification is made according to formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Length: L = 3.50 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.02 m ,
b h 2 0.1 0.20 2
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: Wy = = = 0.000666m 3 ,
6 6
517
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
b 2 h 0.12 0.20
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z: Wz = = = 0.000333m3 .
6 6
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The followings characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,
6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
10
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
10
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E0,05 = 0.74 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;
Support at end point (z = 3.50) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (corresponding to the ultimate limit state combination):
External:
Axial compressive load: N =0.9 x W = 13500 N;
Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): qy = Cmax x d x sin17 = 2092.5 N/m2 x 1.8 m x
sin17 = 1101.22 N/m,
Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): qz = Cmax x d x cos17 = 2092.5 N/m2 x 1.8 m x
cos17 = 3601.92 N/m,
Internal: None.
13.5.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the stability of a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression at ultimate limit
state, the formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before applying these formulae we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability
factors. After this, well calculate the maximum work ratio for stability verification, which represents in fact the
reference solution.
Slenderness ratios
The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending about y and z axes are determined as follows:
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
lc m lg 1 3.5m
z = 12 = 12 = 12 = 121.24
b b 0.1m
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
lc m lg 1 3.5m
y = 12 = 12 = 12 = 60.62
h h 0.2m
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
518
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
z f c , 0,k 121.24 21 10 6 Pa
rel , z = = = 2.056
E0, 05 0.74 1010 Pa
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
y f c , 0,k 60.62 21 10 6 Pa
rel , y = = = 1.028
E0,05 0.74 1010 Pa
Maximum relative slenderness ratio:
rel ,max = max(rel , z , rel , y ) = 2.056
So there is a risk of buckling because rel,max 0.3.
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z 0.3) + rel,z2] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
ky = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,y 0.3) + rel,y2] (according to relation 6.27 from EN 1995-1-1)
1
k c,z = (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
k z + k z2 2rel , z
1
kc, y = (according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)
k y + k y2 2rel , y
519
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M = 1.3
Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0
System strength factor:
ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Design compressive strength:
k mod 1.1
fc,0,d = f c , 0,k = 21 10 6 = 17.769 10 6 Pa
M 1.3
Design bending strength:
k mod 1.1
fm,y,d = fm,z,d = f m ,k k sys k h = 24 10 6 1.0 1.0 = 20.308 10 6 Pa
M 1.3
Maximum work ratio for stability verification based on formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1:
c , 0,d m , y ,d
+ + k m m , z ,d
k c , y f c , 0,d f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
max 1
c , 0,d + k m , y ,d + m , z ,d
k c , z f c , 0,d m
f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
520
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.5.3Calculated results
521
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.6 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending
13.6.1Description
Verifies a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist oblique bending. The verification is made
following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
13.6.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to oblique bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Purlin cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Length: L = 3.5 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.02 m ,
b h 2 0.1 0.20 2
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: Wy = = = 0.000666m 3 ,
6 6
b 2 h 0.12 0.20
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z: Wz = = = 0.000333m3 .
6 6
522
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 106 Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;
Support at end point (z = 3.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
External:
Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): qy = Cmax x d x sin17 = 2092.5 N/m2 x 1.8 m x
sin17 = 1101.22 N/m,
Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): qz = Cmax x d x cos17 = 2092.5 N/m2 x 1.8 m x
cos17 = 3601.92 N/m,
Internal: None.
13.6.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending
In order to verify the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18)
from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, M, kh, ksys,
km, have to be determined. After this, the reference solution (which includes the design bending stress about y axis,
the design bending stress about z axis and the maximum work ratio for strength verification) is calculated.
523
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
m , y , d
+ k m m , z ,d
f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
max 1
k m , y , d + m , z , d
m f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
524
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.6.3Calculated results
525
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.7 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces
13.7.1Description
Verifies the tensile resistance of a rectangular cross section column (fixed at base) made from solid timber C24.
13.7.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the tension resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24. The
verification is made according to formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.122 m,
Width: b = 0.036m,
Section area: A = 43.92 x 10-4 m2
-6 4
I = 5.4475 x 10 m .
526
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 1010 Pa,
6
Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: ft,0,k = 14 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:
Outer:
Fixed at base (z = 0),
Free at top (z = 5),
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at z = 5: Fz = N = 10000 N,
Internal: None.
13.7.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to tension force
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1. Before applying this formula we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (kmod, M, kh). After this, the design tensile stress, the design
tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio are calculated.
Modification factor for duration of load and moisture content: kmod = 0.9
Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3
Depth factor (h represents the width, because the element is tensioned):
150 0.2
kh = min h
1.3
Design tensile stress (induced by the ultimate limit state force, N):
N
t,0,d =
A
Design tensile strength:
k mod
ft,0,d = f t , 0,k kh
M
Work ratio:
t , 0,d
SFx = 1.0 (according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
f t , 0,d
527
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.7.3Calculated results
528
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.8 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to
fire for 60 minutes
13.8.1Description
Verifies the residual cross section of a column exposed to fire for 60 minutes. The column is made from glued
laminated timber GL24 and it has only 3 faces exposed to fire. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
(Reduced cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
13.8.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the cross sectional resistance for a rectangular cross section, which is made from glued
laminated timber GL24, exposed to fire for 60 minutes on 3 faces. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Section area: A = 0.12 m2
Height: H = 5.00 m
529
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Glued laminated timber GL24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Density: = 380 kg/m3,
Design charring rate: n = 0.7 x 10-3 m/min,
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Fixed at base (Z = 0),
Support at top (Z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X and Y,
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.00: Fz = N = - 100000 N,
Internal: None.
13.8.2.2 Reference results in calculating the cross sectional resistance of a timber column exposed to
fire
Reference solution
The reference solution (residual cross section) is determined by reducing the initial cross section dimensions by the
effective charring depth according to chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2. Before calculating the effective charring depth
we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (dchar,n, k0, d0).
Depth of layer with assumed zero strength and stiffness: d0 = 7 x 10-3 m;
Coefficient depending of fire resistance time and also depending if the members are protected or not:
k0 = 1.0 (according to table 4.1 from EN 1995-1-2)
Notional design charring depth:
3 m
dchar,n = n t = 0.7 10 60 min = 0.042m (according to relation 3.2 from EN 1995-1-2)
min
Effective charring depth:
def = dchar,n + k 0 d 0
530
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.8.3Calculated results
531
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.9 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to
simple bending
13.9.1Description
Verifies the fire resistance of a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending.
The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2 (Reduced
cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
13.9.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the fire resistance for a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist
simple bending. The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes (the top of the purlin is not exposed to fire).
Verification of the bending stresses corresponding to frequent combination of actions is realised.
Chapter 1.1.1.3 presents the results obtained with the theoretical background explained at chapter 1.1.1.2.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 3.30 m,
Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.5 m,
-3 2
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m ,
532
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used.The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,
6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
Density: = 350 kg/m3,
Design charring rate (softwood): n = 0.8 x 10-3 m/min,
Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (X = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at middle point (X = 3.30) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (X = 6.60) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along
X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = CFQ x d = 850 N/m2 x 1.5 m = 1275 N/m,
Internal: None.
13.9.2.2 Reference results in calculating the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple
bending
In order to verify the fire resistance for a timber purlin subjected to simple bending it is necessary to determine the
residual cross section. After this, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them,
some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod,fi, M,fi, kfi, km, have to be determined.
533
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
m ,d
WR = max m ,d ; k m m ,d
100 = f 100
f m ,d f m ,d m ,d
534
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
535
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.9.3Calculated results
536
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.10 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces
13.10.1Description
Verifies the compressive resistance of a rectangular cross section column (hinged at base) made from solid timber
C18.
13.10.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the compressive resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C18. The
verification is made according to formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10-3 m2
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C18 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 0.9 x 1010 Pa,
537
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E0,05 = 0.6 x 1010 Pa,
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 18 x 106 Pa,
Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:
Outer:
Support at base (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at top (z = 3.2) restrained in translation along X, Y and restrained in rotation along Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at z = 3.2: Fz = N = -20000 N,
Internal: None.
13.10.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to compression force
The formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 is used in order to verify a timber column subjected to compression force.
Before applying this formula we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations, such as: slenderness
ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this, the reference solution is calculated. This includes: the
design compressive stress, the design compressive strength and the corresponding work ratio.
Slenderness ratios
The most important slenderness is calculated relative to the z axis, as it will be the axis of rotation if the column
buckles.
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
lc m lg 1 3.2m
z = 12 = 12 = 12 = 110.85
b b 0.1m
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis (informative):
lc m lg 1 3.2m
y = 12 = 12 = 12 = 73.9
h h 0.15m
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z 0.3) + rel,z2] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
538
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
Before calculating the reference solution (design compressive stress, design compressive strength and work ratio) we
need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (kmod, M).
Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3
Design compressive stress (induced by the applied forces):
N
c,0,d =
A
Design compressive strength:
k mod
fc,0,d = f c , 0,k
M
Work ratio:
c , 0,d
Work ratio = 1.0 (according to relation 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1)
k c , z f c , 0,d
539
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.10.3Calculated results
540
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.11 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and
axial tension
13.11.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section rafter made from solid timber C24 to resist combined bending and axial tension.
The verification of the cross-section subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification
of the deflections at serviceability limit state are performed.
13.11.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending and axial
tension. The verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is also performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.05 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
-3 2
Section area: A = 10 x 10 m ,
b h 2 0.05 0.20 2
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y: Wy = = = 0.000333m 3 .
6 6
541
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: ft,0,k = 14 x 106 Pa,
6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d x cos26.6 = 1957.5 N/m2 x 0.5 m x cos26.6 = 875.15 N/m,
Tensile load component: N = Cmax x d x sin26.6 x L = 1957.5 N/m2 x 0.5m x sin26.6 x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
Internal: None.
13.11.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and
(6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, M,
kh, ksys, km, must be determined. After this the reference solution, which consists of the design tensile stress, the
design tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio and also the work ratios of the combined stresses, is
calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
542
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N 2191.22 N
t,0,d = = = 219122 Pa
A 10 10 3 m 2
Design tensile strength:
k mod 0.9
ft,0,d = f t , 0,k k h = 14 10 6 1.25 = 12.115 10 6 Pa
M 1.3
Work ratio:
t , 0,d
SFx = 1.0 (according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
f t , 0,d
Design bending stress (induced by the applied forces):
N
My 6 875.15 5.00 2 m 2
6 q L2 m
m,y,d = = = = 8.2045 10 6 Pa
Wy 8 b h 2 2
8 0.05m 0.2 m 2
L
winst (Q)
300
L
w fin
125
L
wnet , fin
200
For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (wc = 0). The effective values of deflections are:
Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):
L
winst (Q) = 0.00914m winst (Q) =
547.05
Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - CCQ):
L
winst = d CQ = 0.01371m winst =
364.7
In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - CQP), the
deformation factor (kdef) has to be chosen:
543
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
k def = 0.8 (value determined for service class 2, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)
L
wcreep = 0.8 d QP = 0.8 0.0064m = 0.00512m wcreep =
976.6
Final deflection:
L
w fin = winst + wcreep = 0.01371m + 0.00512m = 0.01883m w fin =
265.5
Net deflection:
L
wnet , fin = w fin + wc = 0.01883m + 0m = 0.01883m wnet , fin =
265.5
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
544
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
545
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.11.3Calculated results
546
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.12 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected
to combined bending and axial compression
13.12.1Description
Verifies the lateral torsional stability for a rectangular timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
13.12.2Background
Verifies the lateral torsional stability of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to simple
bending (about the strong axis) and axial compression.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.05 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
-3 2
Section area: A = 10 x 10 m ,
b h 2 0.05 0.20 2
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: Wy = = = 0.000333m 3 .
6 6
547
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,
6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
10
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
10
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E0,05 = 0.74 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d x cos26.6 = 1957.5 N/m2 x 0.5 m x cos26.6 = 875.15 N/m,
Compressive load component: N = Cmax x d x sin26.6 x L = 1957.5 N/m2 x 0.5m x sin26.6 x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
Internal: None.
13.12.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state,
the formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is used. Before applying this formula we need to determine some
parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this,
we calculate the reference solution which includes: the design compressive stress, the design bending stress and the
work ratio based on formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1.
Slenderness ratios
In professional practice the slenderness ratio is limited to 120. The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending
about y and z axes are determined as follows:
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
lc m lg 1 5m
z = 12 = 12 = 12 = 346.4
b b 0.05m
It is necessary to reduce the buckling length about the z axis, because z exceeded the value 120. A restraint
is placed in each tierce of the rafter, so that the slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis
become:
lc m lg 11.667 m
z = 12 = 12 = 12 = 115.5 < 120
b b 0.05m
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
lc m lg 1 5m
y = 12 = 12 = 12 = 86.6
h h 0.2m
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
548
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
y f c , 0 ,k 86.6 21 10 6 Pa
rel , y = = = 1.468
E0,05 0.74 1010 Pa
Maximum relative slenderness ratio:
rel ,max = max(rel , z , rel , y ) = 1.958
So there is a risk of buckling because rel,max 0.3.
f m ,k 24 106 Pa
rel,m = = = 1.277
m,crit 14.724 106 Pa
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z 0.3) + rel,z2] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
ky = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,y 0.3) + rel,y2] (according to relation 6.27 from EN 1995-1-1)
1
kc,z = (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
k z + k z2 2rel , z
1
kc, y = (according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)
k y + k y2 2rel , y
549
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M = 1.3
Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0
System strength factor:
ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Factor which takes into account the reduced bending strength due to lateral buckling:
Kcrit = 1.56 0.75rel,m (because 0.75 < rel,m < 1.4)
Design compressive stress (induced by the compressive component, N):
N 2191.22 N
c,d = = = 219122 Pa
A 10 10 3 m 2
Design compressive strength:
k mod 0.9
fc,0,d = f c , 0,k = 2110 6 = 14.538 10 6 Pa
M 1.3
Design bending stress (induced by uniformly distributed load, q):
N
My 875.15 5.00 2 m 2
q L2 m
m,d = = = 3
= 8.213 10 6 Pa
Wy 8 Wy 8 0.000333m
Design bending strength:
k mod 0.9
fm,y,d = f m ,k k sys k h = 24 10 6 1.0 1.0 = 16.615 10 6 Pa
M 1.3
Work ratio according to formula 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
2
m ,d c ,d
+ 1
k f k c , z f c , 0 ,d
crit m , y ,d
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
550
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.12.3Calculated results
551
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.13 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force
13.13.1Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
13.13.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.225 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
-3 2
Section area: A = 16.875 x 10 m ,
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic shear strength: fv,k = 2.5 x 106 Pa,
Service class 1.
552
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d = 2.925 kN/m2 x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
Internal: None.
13.13.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam shear stresses at ultimate limit state, the formula (6.13) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is
used. Before using it, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, kcr, M, kf, beff, heff, have to be determined.
After this the reference solution, which includes the design shear stress about the principal y axis, the design shear
strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
553
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
554
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.13.2.3Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Shear force [kN] 3.65625 kN
Stress S_d Design shear stress [Pa] 485074.63 Pa
Work ratio S_d Shear work ratio (6.13) [%] 32 %
13.13.3Calculated results
555
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.14 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber column subjected to shear stress and torsion
13.14.1Description
Verifies the stability of a timber column subjected to shear stresses and torsion, made from C40 timber. The section
is a rectangular one, with 20x25 cm dimensions. The objective of this test is to validate the resistance to torsional
shear stresses.
13.15.1Description
Verifies the adequacy of the compressive resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C30. The
verification is made according to formula (6.23) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
13.16.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber D30 to resist simple bending. Verifies the bending
stress SMy at ultimate limit state, as well as the work ratio for SMy.
13.17 EC5 / SR EN 1995-1-1 - Romania: Verifying compression strength for C14 circular column with
fixed base
13.17.1Description
Verifies compression strength for a circular column with fixed base made of C14 timber.
Verification is made according to EN 1995-1-1 Romanian Annex.
556
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.18 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending
13.18.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verifies the bending
stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the deflections at serviceability limit state.
13.18.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verification
of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state
are performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 4.50 m,
Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
-3 2
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m ,
b h 2 0.075 0.20 2
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y: W y = = = 0.0005m 3
6 6
557
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,
6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (z = 4.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d = 2.925 kN/m2 x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
Internal: None.
13.18.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam bending stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.11) and (6.12) from EN
1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, M, kh, ksys, km, must
be calculated. After this, the reference solution, which includes the design bending stress about the principal y axis,
the design bending strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
558
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
m ,d
1.0
f m ,d
Work ratio according to formulae 6.12 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
m ,d
km 1.0
f m ,d
L
winst (Q)
300
L
w fin
125
L
wnet , fin
200
For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (wc = 0). The effective values of deflections are the followings:
Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):
L
winst (Q) = 0.00749m winst (Q) =
600.8
Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - CCQ):
L
winst = d CQ = 0.00999m winst =
450.45
In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - CQP), the
deformation factor (kdef) has to be chosen:
k def = 0.6 (calculated value for service class 1, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)
L
wcreep = 0.6 d QP = 0.6 0.00475m = 0.00285m wcreep =
1578.95
Final deflection:
L
w fin = winst + wcreep = 0.00999m + 0.00285m = 0.01284m w fin =
350.47
Net deflection:
L
wnet , fin = w fin + wc = 0.01284m + 0m = 0.01284m wnet , fin =
350.47
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
559
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.18.3Calculated results
560
031617-0409-0906